LCOV - code coverage report
Current view: top level - src/backend/utils/misc - guc.c (source / functions) Coverage Total Hit
Test: PostgreSQL 19devel Lines: 83.0 % 2247 1864
Test Date: 2026-04-07 14:16:30 Functions: 97.0 % 99 96
Legend: Lines:     hit not hit

            Line data    Source code
       1              : /*--------------------------------------------------------------------
       2              :  * guc.c
       3              :  *
       4              :  * Support for grand unified configuration scheme, including SET
       5              :  * command, configuration file, and command line options.
       6              :  *
       7              :  * This file contains the generic option processing infrastructure.
       8              :  * guc_funcs.c contains SQL-level functionality, including SET/SHOW
       9              :  * commands and various system-administration SQL functions.
      10              :  * guc_tables.c contains the arrays that define all the built-in
      11              :  * GUC variables.  Code that implements variable-specific behavior
      12              :  * is scattered around the system in check, assign, and show hooks.
      13              :  *
      14              :  * See src/backend/utils/misc/README for more information.
      15              :  *
      16              :  *
      17              :  * Copyright (c) 2000-2026, PostgreSQL Global Development Group
      18              :  * Written by Peter Eisentraut <peter_e@gmx.net>.
      19              :  *
      20              :  * IDENTIFICATION
      21              :  *    src/backend/utils/misc/guc.c
      22              :  *
      23              :  *--------------------------------------------------------------------
      24              :  */
      25              : #include "postgres.h"
      26              : 
      27              : #include <limits.h>
      28              : #include <math.h>
      29              : #include <sys/stat.h>
      30              : #include <unistd.h>
      31              : 
      32              : #include "access/xact.h"
      33              : #include "access/xlog.h"
      34              : #include "catalog/objectaccess.h"
      35              : #include "catalog/pg_authid.h"
      36              : #include "catalog/pg_parameter_acl.h"
      37              : #include "catalog/pg_type.h"
      38              : #include "guc_internal.h"
      39              : #include "libpq/pqformat.h"
      40              : #include "libpq/protocol.h"
      41              : #include "miscadmin.h"
      42              : #include "parser/scansup.h"
      43              : #include "port/pg_bitutils.h"
      44              : #include "storage/fd.h"
      45              : #include "storage/lwlock.h"
      46              : #include "storage/shmem.h"
      47              : #include "tcop/tcopprot.h"
      48              : #include "utils/acl.h"
      49              : #include "utils/builtins.h"
      50              : #include "utils/conffiles.h"
      51              : #include "utils/guc_tables.h"
      52              : #include "utils/memutils.h"
      53              : #include "utils/timestamp.h"
      54              : 
      55              : 
      56              : #define CONFIG_FILENAME "postgresql.conf"
      57              : #define HBA_FILENAME    "pg_hba.conf"
      58              : #define IDENT_FILENAME  "pg_ident.conf"
      59              : #define HOSTS_FILENAME  "pg_hosts.conf"
      60              : 
      61              : #ifdef EXEC_BACKEND
      62              : #define CONFIG_EXEC_PARAMS "global/config_exec_params"
      63              : #define CONFIG_EXEC_PARAMS_NEW "global/config_exec_params.new"
      64              : #endif
      65              : 
      66              : /*
      67              :  * Precision with which REAL type guc values are to be printed for GUC
      68              :  * serialization.
      69              :  */
      70              : #define REALTYPE_PRECISION 17
      71              : 
      72              : /*
      73              :  * Safe search path when executing code as the table owner, such as during
      74              :  * maintenance operations.
      75              :  */
      76              : #define GUC_SAFE_SEARCH_PATH "pg_catalog, pg_temp"
      77              : 
      78              : static int  GUC_check_errcode_value;
      79              : 
      80              : static List *reserved_class_prefix = NIL;
      81              : 
      82              : /* global variables for check hook support */
      83              : char       *GUC_check_errmsg_string;
      84              : char       *GUC_check_errdetail_string;
      85              : char       *GUC_check_errhint_string;
      86              : 
      87              : 
      88              : /*
      89              :  * Unit conversion tables.
      90              :  *
      91              :  * There are two tables, one for memory units, and another for time units.
      92              :  * For each supported conversion from one unit to another, we have an entry
      93              :  * in the table.
      94              :  *
      95              :  * To keep things simple, and to avoid possible roundoff error,
      96              :  * conversions are never chained.  There needs to be a direct conversion
      97              :  * between all units (of the same type).
      98              :  *
      99              :  * The conversions for each base unit must be kept in order from greatest to
     100              :  * smallest human-friendly unit; convert_xxx_from_base_unit() rely on that.
     101              :  * (The order of the base-unit groups does not matter.)
     102              :  */
     103              : #define MAX_UNIT_LEN        3   /* length of longest recognized unit string */
     104              : 
     105              : typedef struct
     106              : {
     107              :     char        unit[MAX_UNIT_LEN + 1]; /* unit, as a string, like "kB" or
     108              :                                          * "min" */
     109              :     int         base_unit;      /* GUC_UNIT_XXX */
     110              :     double      multiplier;     /* Factor for converting unit -> base_unit */
     111              : } unit_conversion;
     112              : 
     113              : /* Ensure that the constants in the tables don't overflow or underflow */
     114              : #if BLCKSZ < 1024 || BLCKSZ > (1024*1024)
     115              : #error BLCKSZ must be between 1KB and 1MB
     116              : #endif
     117              : #if XLOG_BLCKSZ < 1024 || XLOG_BLCKSZ > (1024*1024)
     118              : #error XLOG_BLCKSZ must be between 1KB and 1MB
     119              : #endif
     120              : 
     121              : static const char *const memory_units_hint = gettext_noop("Valid units for this parameter are \"B\", \"kB\", \"MB\", \"GB\", and \"TB\".");
     122              : 
     123              : static const unit_conversion memory_unit_conversion_table[] =
     124              : {
     125              :     {"TB", GUC_UNIT_BYTE, 1024.0 * 1024.0 * 1024.0 * 1024.0},
     126              :     {"GB", GUC_UNIT_BYTE, 1024.0 * 1024.0 * 1024.0},
     127              :     {"MB", GUC_UNIT_BYTE, 1024.0 * 1024.0},
     128              :     {"kB", GUC_UNIT_BYTE, 1024.0},
     129              :     {"B", GUC_UNIT_BYTE, 1.0},
     130              : 
     131              :     {"TB", GUC_UNIT_KB, 1024.0 * 1024.0 * 1024.0},
     132              :     {"GB", GUC_UNIT_KB, 1024.0 * 1024.0},
     133              :     {"MB", GUC_UNIT_KB, 1024.0},
     134              :     {"kB", GUC_UNIT_KB, 1.0},
     135              :     {"B", GUC_UNIT_KB, 1.0 / 1024.0},
     136              : 
     137              :     {"TB", GUC_UNIT_MB, 1024.0 * 1024.0},
     138              :     {"GB", GUC_UNIT_MB, 1024.0},
     139              :     {"MB", GUC_UNIT_MB, 1.0},
     140              :     {"kB", GUC_UNIT_MB, 1.0 / 1024.0},
     141              :     {"B", GUC_UNIT_MB, 1.0 / (1024.0 * 1024.0)},
     142              : 
     143              :     {"TB", GUC_UNIT_BLOCKS, (1024.0 * 1024.0 * 1024.0) / (BLCKSZ / 1024)},
     144              :     {"GB", GUC_UNIT_BLOCKS, (1024.0 * 1024.0) / (BLCKSZ / 1024)},
     145              :     {"MB", GUC_UNIT_BLOCKS, 1024.0 / (BLCKSZ / 1024)},
     146              :     {"kB", GUC_UNIT_BLOCKS, 1.0 / (BLCKSZ / 1024)},
     147              :     {"B", GUC_UNIT_BLOCKS, 1.0 / BLCKSZ},
     148              : 
     149              :     {"TB", GUC_UNIT_XBLOCKS, (1024.0 * 1024.0 * 1024.0) / (XLOG_BLCKSZ / 1024)},
     150              :     {"GB", GUC_UNIT_XBLOCKS, (1024.0 * 1024.0) / (XLOG_BLCKSZ / 1024)},
     151              :     {"MB", GUC_UNIT_XBLOCKS, 1024.0 / (XLOG_BLCKSZ / 1024)},
     152              :     {"kB", GUC_UNIT_XBLOCKS, 1.0 / (XLOG_BLCKSZ / 1024)},
     153              :     {"B", GUC_UNIT_XBLOCKS, 1.0 / XLOG_BLCKSZ},
     154              : 
     155              :     {""}                      /* end of table marker */
     156              : };
     157              : 
     158              : static const char *const time_units_hint = gettext_noop("Valid units for this parameter are \"us\", \"ms\", \"s\", \"min\", \"h\", and \"d\".");
     159              : 
     160              : static const unit_conversion time_unit_conversion_table[] =
     161              : {
     162              :     {"d", GUC_UNIT_MS, 1000 * 60 * 60 * 24},
     163              :     {"h", GUC_UNIT_MS, 1000 * 60 * 60},
     164              :     {"min", GUC_UNIT_MS, 1000 * 60},
     165              :     {"s", GUC_UNIT_MS, 1000},
     166              :     {"ms", GUC_UNIT_MS, 1},
     167              :     {"us", GUC_UNIT_MS, 1.0 / 1000},
     168              : 
     169              :     {"d", GUC_UNIT_S, 60 * 60 * 24},
     170              :     {"h", GUC_UNIT_S, 60 * 60},
     171              :     {"min", GUC_UNIT_S, 60},
     172              :     {"s", GUC_UNIT_S, 1},
     173              :     {"ms", GUC_UNIT_S, 1.0 / 1000},
     174              :     {"us", GUC_UNIT_S, 1.0 / (1000 * 1000)},
     175              : 
     176              :     {"d", GUC_UNIT_MIN, 60 * 24},
     177              :     {"h", GUC_UNIT_MIN, 60},
     178              :     {"min", GUC_UNIT_MIN, 1},
     179              :     {"s", GUC_UNIT_MIN, 1.0 / 60},
     180              :     {"ms", GUC_UNIT_MIN, 1.0 / (1000 * 60)},
     181              :     {"us", GUC_UNIT_MIN, 1.0 / (1000 * 1000 * 60)},
     182              : 
     183              :     {""}                      /* end of table marker */
     184              : };
     185              : 
     186              : /*
     187              :  * To allow continued support of obsolete names for GUC variables, we apply
     188              :  * the following mappings to any unrecognized name.  Note that an old name
     189              :  * should be mapped to a new one only if the new variable has very similar
     190              :  * semantics to the old.
     191              :  */
     192              : static const char *const map_old_guc_names[] = {
     193              :     "sort_mem", "work_mem",
     194              :     "vacuum_mem", "maintenance_work_mem",
     195              :     "ssl_ecdh_curve", "ssl_groups",
     196              :     NULL
     197              : };
     198              : 
     199              : 
     200              : /* Memory context holding all GUC-related data */
     201              : static MemoryContext GUCMemoryContext;
     202              : 
     203              : /*
     204              :  * We use a dynahash table to look up GUCs by name, or to iterate through
     205              :  * all the GUCs.  The gucname field is redundant with gucvar->name, but
     206              :  * dynahash makes it too painful to not store the hash key separately.
     207              :  */
     208              : typedef struct
     209              : {
     210              :     const char *gucname;        /* hash key */
     211              :     struct config_generic *gucvar;  /* -> GUC's defining structure */
     212              : } GUCHashEntry;
     213              : 
     214              : static HTAB *guc_hashtab;       /* entries are GUCHashEntrys */
     215              : 
     216              : /*
     217              :  * In addition to the hash table, variables having certain properties are
     218              :  * linked into these lists, so that we can find them without scanning the
     219              :  * whole hash table.  In most applications, only a small fraction of the
     220              :  * GUCs appear in these lists at any given time.  The usage of the stack
     221              :  * and report lists is stylized enough that they can be slists, but the
     222              :  * nondef list has to be a dlist to avoid O(N) deletes in common cases.
     223              :  */
     224              : static dlist_head guc_nondef_list;  /* list of variables that have source
     225              :                                      * different from PGC_S_DEFAULT */
     226              : static slist_head guc_stack_list;   /* list of variables that have non-NULL
     227              :                                      * stack */
     228              : static slist_head guc_report_list;  /* list of variables that have the
     229              :                                      * GUC_NEEDS_REPORT bit set in status */
     230              : 
     231              : static bool reporting_enabled;  /* true to enable GUC_REPORT */
     232              : 
     233              : static int  GUCNestLevel = 0;   /* 1 when in main transaction */
     234              : 
     235              : 
     236              : static int  guc_var_compare(const void *a, const void *b);
     237              : static uint32 guc_name_hash(const void *key, Size keysize);
     238              : static int  guc_name_match(const void *key1, const void *key2, Size keysize);
     239              : static void InitializeGUCOptionsFromEnvironment(void);
     240              : static void InitializeOneGUCOption(struct config_generic *gconf);
     241              : static void RemoveGUCFromLists(struct config_generic *gconf);
     242              : static void set_guc_source(struct config_generic *gconf, GucSource newsource);
     243              : static void pg_timezone_abbrev_initialize(void);
     244              : static void push_old_value(struct config_generic *gconf, GucAction action);
     245              : static void ReportGUCOption(struct config_generic *record);
     246              : static void set_config_sourcefile(const char *name, char *sourcefile,
     247              :                                   int sourceline);
     248              : static void reapply_stacked_values(struct config_generic *variable,
     249              :                                    struct config_generic *pHolder,
     250              :                                    GucStack *stack,
     251              :                                    const char *curvalue,
     252              :                                    GucContext curscontext, GucSource cursource,
     253              :                                    Oid cursrole);
     254              : static void free_placeholder(struct config_generic *pHolder);
     255              : static bool validate_option_array_item(const char *name, const char *value,
     256              :                                        bool skipIfNoPermissions);
     257              : static void write_auto_conf_file(int fd, const char *filename, ConfigVariable *head);
     258              : static void replace_auto_config_value(ConfigVariable **head_p, ConfigVariable **tail_p,
     259              :                                       const char *name, const char *value);
     260              : static bool valid_custom_variable_name(const char *name);
     261              : static bool assignable_custom_variable_name(const char *name, bool skip_errors,
     262              :                                             int elevel);
     263              : static void do_serialize(char **destptr, Size *maxbytes,
     264              :                          const char *fmt,...) pg_attribute_printf(3, 4);
     265              : static bool call_bool_check_hook(const struct config_generic *conf, bool *newval,
     266              :                                  void **extra, GucSource source, int elevel);
     267              : static bool call_int_check_hook(const struct config_generic *conf, int *newval,
     268              :                                 void **extra, GucSource source, int elevel);
     269              : static bool call_real_check_hook(const struct config_generic *conf, double *newval,
     270              :                                  void **extra, GucSource source, int elevel);
     271              : static bool call_string_check_hook(const struct config_generic *conf, char **newval,
     272              :                                    void **extra, GucSource source, int elevel);
     273              : static bool call_enum_check_hook(const struct config_generic *conf, int *newval,
     274              :                                  void **extra, GucSource source, int elevel);
     275              : 
     276              : 
     277              : /*
     278              :  * This function handles both actual config file (re)loads and execution of
     279              :  * show_all_file_settings() (i.e., the pg_file_settings view).  In the latter
     280              :  * case we don't apply any of the settings, but we make all the usual validity
     281              :  * checks, and we return the ConfigVariable list so that it can be printed out
     282              :  * by show_all_file_settings().
     283              :  */
     284              : ConfigVariable *
     285         3419 : ProcessConfigFileInternal(GucContext context, bool applySettings, int elevel)
     286              : {
     287         3419 :     bool        error = false;
     288         3419 :     bool        applying = false;
     289              :     const char *ConfFileWithError;
     290              :     ConfigVariable *head,
     291              :                *tail;
     292              :     HASH_SEQ_STATUS status;
     293              :     GUCHashEntry *hentry;
     294              : 
     295              :     /* Parse the main config file into a list of option names and values */
     296         3419 :     ConfFileWithError = ConfigFileName;
     297         3419 :     head = tail = NULL;
     298              : 
     299         3419 :     if (!ParseConfigFile(ConfigFileName, true,
     300              :                          NULL, 0, CONF_FILE_START_DEPTH, elevel,
     301              :                          &head, &tail))
     302              :     {
     303              :         /* Syntax error(s) detected in the file, so bail out */
     304            0 :         error = true;
     305            0 :         goto bail_out;
     306              :     }
     307              : 
     308              :     /*
     309              :      * Parse the PG_AUTOCONF_FILENAME file, if present, after the main file to
     310              :      * replace any parameters set by ALTER SYSTEM command.  Because this file
     311              :      * is in the data directory, we can't read it until the DataDir has been
     312              :      * set.
     313              :      */
     314         3419 :     if (DataDir)
     315              :     {
     316         2172 :         if (!ParseConfigFile(PG_AUTOCONF_FILENAME, false,
     317              :                              NULL, 0, CONF_FILE_START_DEPTH, elevel,
     318              :                              &head, &tail))
     319              :         {
     320              :             /* Syntax error(s) detected in the file, so bail out */
     321            0 :             error = true;
     322            0 :             ConfFileWithError = PG_AUTOCONF_FILENAME;
     323            0 :             goto bail_out;
     324              :         }
     325              :     }
     326              :     else
     327              :     {
     328              :         /*
     329              :          * If DataDir is not set, the PG_AUTOCONF_FILENAME file cannot be
     330              :          * read.  In this case, we don't want to accept any settings but
     331              :          * data_directory from postgresql.conf, because they might be
     332              :          * overwritten with settings in the PG_AUTOCONF_FILENAME file which
     333              :          * will be read later. OTOH, since data_directory isn't allowed in the
     334              :          * PG_AUTOCONF_FILENAME file, it will never be overwritten later.
     335              :          */
     336         1247 :         ConfigVariable *newlist = NULL;
     337              : 
     338              :         /*
     339              :          * Prune all items except the last "data_directory" from the list.
     340              :          */
     341        34182 :         for (ConfigVariable *item = head; item; item = item->next)
     342              :         {
     343        32935 :             if (!item->ignore &&
     344        32935 :                 strcmp(item->name, "data_directory") == 0)
     345            0 :                 newlist = item;
     346              :         }
     347              : 
     348         1247 :         if (newlist)
     349            0 :             newlist->next = NULL;
     350         1247 :         head = tail = newlist;
     351              : 
     352              :         /*
     353              :          * Quick exit if data_directory is not present in file.
     354              :          *
     355              :          * We need not do any further processing, in particular we don't set
     356              :          * PgReloadTime; that will be set soon by subsequent full loading of
     357              :          * the config file.
     358              :          */
     359         1247 :         if (head == NULL)
     360         1247 :             goto bail_out;
     361              :     }
     362              : 
     363              :     /*
     364              :      * Mark all extant GUC variables as not present in the config file. We
     365              :      * need this so that we can tell below which ones have been removed from
     366              :      * the file since we last processed it.
     367              :      */
     368         2172 :     hash_seq_init(&status, guc_hashtab);
     369       918828 :     while ((hentry = (GUCHashEntry *) hash_seq_search(&status)) != NULL)
     370              :     {
     371       916656 :         struct config_generic *gconf = hentry->gucvar;
     372              : 
     373       916656 :         gconf->status &= ~GUC_IS_IN_FILE;
     374              :     }
     375              : 
     376              :     /*
     377              :      * Check if all the supplied option names are valid, as an additional
     378              :      * quasi-syntactic check on the validity of the config file.  It is
     379              :      * important that the postmaster and all backends agree on the results of
     380              :      * this phase, else we will have strange inconsistencies about which
     381              :      * processes accept a config file update and which don't.  Hence, unknown
     382              :      * custom variable names have to be accepted without complaint.  For the
     383              :      * same reason, we don't attempt to validate the options' values here.
     384              :      *
     385              :      * In addition, the GUC_IS_IN_FILE flag is set on each existing GUC
     386              :      * variable mentioned in the file; and we detect duplicate entries in the
     387              :      * file and mark the earlier occurrences as ignorable.
     388              :      */
     389        67902 :     for (ConfigVariable *item = head; item; item = item->next)
     390              :     {
     391              :         struct config_generic *record;
     392              : 
     393              :         /* Ignore anything already marked as ignorable */
     394        65730 :         if (item->ignore)
     395            0 :             continue;
     396              : 
     397              :         /*
     398              :          * Try to find the variable; but do not create a custom placeholder if
     399              :          * it's not there already.
     400              :          */
     401        65730 :         record = find_option(item->name, false, true, elevel);
     402              : 
     403        65730 :         if (record)
     404              :         {
     405              :             /* If it's already marked, then this is a duplicate entry */
     406        65695 :             if (record->status & GUC_IS_IN_FILE)
     407              :             {
     408              :                 /*
     409              :                  * Mark the earlier occurrence(s) as dead/ignorable.  We could
     410              :                  * avoid the O(N^2) behavior here with some additional state,
     411              :                  * but it seems unlikely to be worth the trouble.
     412              :                  */
     413       224586 :                 for (ConfigVariable *pitem = head; pitem != item; pitem = pitem->next)
     414              :                 {
     415       217477 :                     if (!pitem->ignore &&
     416       194291 :                         strcmp(pitem->name, item->name) == 0)
     417         7109 :                         pitem->ignore = true;
     418              :                 }
     419              :             }
     420              :             /* Now mark it as present in file */
     421        65695 :             record->status |= GUC_IS_IN_FILE;
     422              :         }
     423           35 :         else if (!valid_custom_variable_name(item->name))
     424              :         {
     425              :             /* Invalid non-custom variable, so complain */
     426            1 :             ereport(elevel,
     427              :                     (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT),
     428              :                      errmsg("unrecognized configuration parameter \"%s\" in file \"%s\" line %d",
     429              :                             item->name,
     430              :                             item->filename, item->sourceline)));
     431            1 :             item->errmsg = pstrdup("unrecognized configuration parameter");
     432            1 :             error = true;
     433            1 :             ConfFileWithError = item->filename;
     434              :         }
     435              :     }
     436              : 
     437              :     /*
     438              :      * If we've detected any errors so far, we don't want to risk applying any
     439              :      * changes.
     440              :      */
     441         2172 :     if (error)
     442            1 :         goto bail_out;
     443              : 
     444              :     /* Otherwise, set flag that we're beginning to apply changes */
     445         2171 :     applying = true;
     446              : 
     447              :     /*
     448              :      * Check for variables having been removed from the config file, and
     449              :      * revert their reset values (and perhaps also effective values) to the
     450              :      * boot-time defaults.  If such a variable can't be changed after startup,
     451              :      * report that and continue.
     452              :      */
     453         2171 :     hash_seq_init(&status, guc_hashtab);
     454       918405 :     while ((hentry = (GUCHashEntry *) hash_seq_search(&status)) != NULL)
     455              :     {
     456       916234 :         struct config_generic *gconf = hentry->gucvar;
     457              : 
     458       916234 :         if (gconf->reset_source != PGC_S_FILE ||
     459        28133 :             (gconf->status & GUC_IS_IN_FILE))
     460       916233 :             continue;
     461            1 :         if (gconf->context < PGC_SIGHUP)
     462              :         {
     463              :             /* The removal can't be effective without a restart */
     464            0 :             gconf->status |= GUC_PENDING_RESTART;
     465            0 :             ereport(elevel,
     466              :                     (errcode(ERRCODE_CANT_CHANGE_RUNTIME_PARAM),
     467              :                      errmsg("parameter \"%s\" cannot be changed without restarting the server",
     468              :                             gconf->name)));
     469            0 :             record_config_file_error(psprintf("parameter \"%s\" cannot be changed without restarting the server",
     470              :                                               gconf->name),
     471              :                                      NULL, 0,
     472              :                                      &head, &tail);
     473            0 :             error = true;
     474            0 :             continue;
     475              :         }
     476              : 
     477              :         /* No more to do if we're just doing show_all_file_settings() */
     478            1 :         if (!applySettings)
     479            0 :             continue;
     480              : 
     481              :         /*
     482              :          * Reset any "file" sources to "default", else set_config_option will
     483              :          * not override those settings.
     484              :          */
     485            1 :         if (gconf->reset_source == PGC_S_FILE)
     486            1 :             gconf->reset_source = PGC_S_DEFAULT;
     487            1 :         if (gconf->source == PGC_S_FILE)
     488            1 :             set_guc_source(gconf, PGC_S_DEFAULT);
     489            1 :         for (GucStack *stack = gconf->stack; stack; stack = stack->prev)
     490              :         {
     491            0 :             if (stack->source == PGC_S_FILE)
     492            0 :                 stack->source = PGC_S_DEFAULT;
     493              :         }
     494              : 
     495              :         /* Now we can re-apply the wired-in default (i.e., the boot_val) */
     496            1 :         if (set_config_option(gconf->name, NULL,
     497              :                               context, PGC_S_DEFAULT,
     498              :                               GUC_ACTION_SET, true, 0, false) > 0)
     499              :         {
     500              :             /* Log the change if appropriate */
     501            1 :             if (context == PGC_SIGHUP)
     502            1 :                 ereport(elevel,
     503              :                         (errmsg("parameter \"%s\" removed from configuration file, reset to default",
     504              :                                 gconf->name)));
     505              :         }
     506              :     }
     507              : 
     508              :     /*
     509              :      * Restore any variables determined by environment variables or
     510              :      * dynamically-computed defaults.  This is a no-op except in the case
     511              :      * where one of these had been in the config file and is now removed.
     512              :      *
     513              :      * In particular, we *must not* do this during the postmaster's initial
     514              :      * loading of the file, since the timezone functions in particular should
     515              :      * be run only after initialization is complete.
     516              :      *
     517              :      * XXX this is an unmaintainable crock, because we have to know how to set
     518              :      * (or at least what to call to set) every non-PGC_INTERNAL variable that
     519              :      * could potentially have PGC_S_DYNAMIC_DEFAULT or PGC_S_ENV_VAR source.
     520              :      */
     521         2171 :     if (context == PGC_SIGHUP && applySettings)
     522              :     {
     523          921 :         InitializeGUCOptionsFromEnvironment();
     524          921 :         pg_timezone_abbrev_initialize();
     525              :         /* this selects SQL_ASCII in processes not connected to a database */
     526          921 :         SetConfigOption("client_encoding", GetDatabaseEncodingName(),
     527              :                         PGC_BACKEND, PGC_S_DYNAMIC_DEFAULT);
     528              :     }
     529              : 
     530              :     /*
     531              :      * Now apply the values from the config file.
     532              :      */
     533        67885 :     for (ConfigVariable *item = head; item; item = item->next)
     534              :     {
     535        65715 :         char       *pre_value = NULL;
     536              :         int         scres;
     537              : 
     538              :         /* Ignore anything marked as ignorable */
     539        65715 :         if (item->ignore)
     540         7109 :             continue;
     541              : 
     542              :         /* In SIGHUP cases in the postmaster, we want to report changes */
     543        58606 :         if (context == PGC_SIGHUP && applySettings && !IsUnderPostmaster)
     544              :         {
     545         4941 :             const char *preval = GetConfigOption(item->name, true, false);
     546              : 
     547              :             /* If option doesn't exist yet or is NULL, treat as empty string */
     548         4941 :             if (!preval)
     549            1 :                 preval = "";
     550              :             /* must dup, else might have dangling pointer below */
     551         4941 :             pre_value = pstrdup(preval);
     552              :         }
     553              : 
     554        58606 :         scres = set_config_option(item->name, item->value,
     555              :                                   context, PGC_S_FILE,
     556              :                                   GUC_ACTION_SET, applySettings, 0, false);
     557        58605 :         if (scres > 0)
     558              :         {
     559              :             /* variable was updated, so log the change if appropriate */
     560        48020 :             if (pre_value)
     561              :             {
     562         3174 :                 const char *post_value = GetConfigOption(item->name, true, false);
     563              : 
     564         3174 :                 if (!post_value)
     565            0 :                     post_value = "";
     566         3174 :                 if (strcmp(pre_value, post_value) != 0)
     567          122 :                     ereport(elevel,
     568              :                             (errmsg("parameter \"%s\" changed to \"%s\"",
     569              :                                     item->name, item->value)));
     570              :             }
     571        48020 :             item->applied = true;
     572              :         }
     573        10585 :         else if (scres == 0)
     574              :         {
     575            0 :             error = true;
     576            0 :             item->errmsg = pstrdup("setting could not be applied");
     577            0 :             ConfFileWithError = item->filename;
     578              :         }
     579              :         else
     580              :         {
     581              :             /* no error, but variable's active value was not changed */
     582        10585 :             item->applied = true;
     583              :         }
     584              : 
     585              :         /*
     586              :          * We should update source location unless there was an error, since
     587              :          * even if the active value didn't change, the reset value might have.
     588              :          * (In the postmaster, there won't be a difference, but it does matter
     589              :          * in backends.)
     590              :          */
     591        58605 :         if (scres != 0 && applySettings)
     592        58496 :             set_config_sourcefile(item->name, item->filename,
     593              :                                   item->sourceline);
     594              : 
     595        58605 :         if (pre_value)
     596         4941 :             pfree(pre_value);
     597              :     }
     598              : 
     599              :     /* Remember when we last successfully loaded the config file. */
     600         2170 :     if (applySettings)
     601         2166 :         PgReloadTime = GetCurrentTimestamp();
     602              : 
     603            4 : bail_out:
     604         3418 :     if (error && applySettings)
     605              :     {
     606              :         /* During postmaster startup, any error is fatal */
     607            1 :         if (context == PGC_POSTMASTER)
     608            1 :             ereport(ERROR,
     609              :                     (errcode(ERRCODE_CONFIG_FILE_ERROR),
     610              :                      errmsg("configuration file \"%s\" contains errors",
     611              :                             ConfFileWithError)));
     612            0 :         else if (applying)
     613            0 :             ereport(elevel,
     614              :                     (errcode(ERRCODE_CONFIG_FILE_ERROR),
     615              :                      errmsg("configuration file \"%s\" contains errors; unaffected changes were applied",
     616              :                             ConfFileWithError)));
     617              :         else
     618            0 :             ereport(elevel,
     619              :                     (errcode(ERRCODE_CONFIG_FILE_ERROR),
     620              :                      errmsg("configuration file \"%s\" contains errors; no changes were applied",
     621              :                             ConfFileWithError)));
     622              :     }
     623              : 
     624              :     /* Successful or otherwise, return the collected data list */
     625         3417 :     return head;
     626              : }
     627              : 
     628              : 
     629              : /*
     630              :  * Some infrastructure for GUC-related memory allocation
     631              :  *
     632              :  * These functions are generally modeled on libc's malloc/realloc/etc,
     633              :  * but any OOM issue is reported at the specified elevel.
     634              :  * (Thus, control returns only if that's less than ERROR.)
     635              :  */
     636              : void *
     637      1032695 : guc_malloc(int elevel, size_t size)
     638              : {
     639              :     void       *data;
     640              : 
     641      1032695 :     data = MemoryContextAllocExtended(GUCMemoryContext, size,
     642              :                                       MCXT_ALLOC_NO_OOM);
     643      1032695 :     if (unlikely(data == NULL))
     644            0 :         ereport(elevel,
     645              :                 (errcode(ERRCODE_OUT_OF_MEMORY),
     646              :                  errmsg("out of memory")));
     647      1032695 :     return data;
     648              : }
     649              : 
     650              : void *
     651            0 : guc_realloc(int elevel, void *old, size_t size)
     652              : {
     653              :     void       *data;
     654              : 
     655            0 :     if (old != NULL)
     656              :     {
     657              :         /* This is to help catch old code that malloc's GUC data. */
     658              :         Assert(GetMemoryChunkContext(old) == GUCMemoryContext);
     659            0 :         data = repalloc_extended(old, size,
     660              :                                  MCXT_ALLOC_NO_OOM);
     661              :     }
     662              :     else
     663              :     {
     664              :         /* Like realloc(3), but not like repalloc(), we allow old == NULL. */
     665            0 :         data = MemoryContextAllocExtended(GUCMemoryContext, size,
     666              :                                           MCXT_ALLOC_NO_OOM);
     667              :     }
     668            0 :     if (unlikely(data == NULL))
     669            0 :         ereport(elevel,
     670              :                 (errcode(ERRCODE_OUT_OF_MEMORY),
     671              :                  errmsg("out of memory")));
     672            0 :     return data;
     673              : }
     674              : 
     675              : char *
     676       872980 : guc_strdup(int elevel, const char *src)
     677              : {
     678              :     char       *data;
     679       872980 :     size_t      len = strlen(src) + 1;
     680              : 
     681       872980 :     data = guc_malloc(elevel, len);
     682       872980 :     if (likely(data != NULL))
     683       872980 :         memcpy(data, src, len);
     684       872980 :     return data;
     685              : }
     686              : 
     687              : void
     688       982344 : guc_free(void *ptr)
     689              : {
     690              :     /*
     691              :      * Historically, GUC-related code has relied heavily on the ability to do
     692              :      * free(NULL), so we allow that here even though pfree() doesn't.
     693              :      */
     694       982344 :     if (ptr != NULL)
     695              :     {
     696              :         /* This is to help catch old code that malloc's GUC data. */
     697              :         Assert(GetMemoryChunkContext(ptr) == GUCMemoryContext);
     698       595301 :         pfree(ptr);
     699              :     }
     700       982344 : }
     701              : 
     702              : 
     703              : /*
     704              :  * Detect whether strval is referenced anywhere in a GUC string item
     705              :  */
     706              : static bool
     707      1350459 : string_field_used(struct config_generic *conf, char *strval)
     708              : {
     709      1350459 :     if (strval == *(conf->_string.variable) ||
     710       743594 :         strval == conf->_string.reset_val ||
     711       422536 :         strval == conf->_string.boot_val)
     712       927923 :         return true;
     713       661543 :     for (GucStack *stack = conf->stack; stack; stack = stack->prev)
     714              :     {
     715       294945 :         if (strval == stack->prior.val.stringval ||
     716       239011 :             strval == stack->masked.val.stringval)
     717        55938 :             return true;
     718              :     }
     719       366598 :     return false;
     720              : }
     721              : 
     722              : /*
     723              :  * Support for assigning to a field of a string GUC item.  Free the prior
     724              :  * value if it's not referenced anywhere else in the item (including stacked
     725              :  * states).
     726              :  */
     727              : static void
     728      1435396 : set_string_field(struct config_generic *conf, char **field, char *newval)
     729              : {
     730      1435396 :     char       *oldval = *field;
     731              : 
     732              :     /* Do the assignment */
     733      1435396 :     *field = newval;
     734              : 
     735              :     /* Free old value if it's not NULL and isn't referenced anymore */
     736      1435396 :     if (oldval && !string_field_used(conf, oldval))
     737       363830 :         guc_free(oldval);
     738      1435396 : }
     739              : 
     740              : /*
     741              :  * Detect whether an "extra" struct is referenced anywhere in a GUC item
     742              :  */
     743              : static bool
     744       254633 : extra_field_used(struct config_generic *gconf, void *extra)
     745              : {
     746       254633 :     if (extra == gconf->extra)
     747       101818 :         return true;
     748       152815 :     if (extra == gconf->reset_extra)
     749        74335 :         return true;
     750        87967 :     for (GucStack *stack = gconf->stack; stack; stack = stack->prev)
     751              :     {
     752        14391 :         if (extra == stack->prior.extra ||
     753         9491 :             extra == stack->masked.extra)
     754         4904 :             return true;
     755              :     }
     756              : 
     757        73576 :     return false;
     758              : }
     759              : 
     760              : /*
     761              :  * Support for assigning to an "extra" field of a GUC item.  Free the prior
     762              :  * value if it's not referenced anywhere else in the item (including stacked
     763              :  * states).
     764              :  */
     765              : static void
     766      2344382 : set_extra_field(struct config_generic *gconf, void **field, void *newval)
     767              : {
     768      2344382 :     void       *oldval = *field;
     769              : 
     770              :     /* Do the assignment */
     771      2344382 :     *field = newval;
     772              : 
     773              :     /* Free old value if it's not NULL and isn't referenced anymore */
     774      2344382 :     if (oldval && !extra_field_used(gconf, oldval))
     775        73308 :         guc_free(oldval);
     776      2344382 : }
     777              : 
     778              : /*
     779              :  * Support for copying a variable's active value into a stack entry.
     780              :  * The "extra" field associated with the active value is copied, too.
     781              :  *
     782              :  * NB: be sure stringval and extra fields of a new stack entry are
     783              :  * initialized to NULL before this is used, else we'll try to guc_free() them.
     784              :  */
     785              : static void
     786       352750 : set_stack_value(struct config_generic *gconf, config_var_value *val)
     787              : {
     788       352750 :     switch (gconf->vartype)
     789              :     {
     790        55862 :         case PGC_BOOL:
     791        55862 :             val->val.boolval = *gconf->_bool.variable;
     792        55862 :             break;
     793        13653 :         case PGC_INT:
     794        13653 :             val->val.intval = *gconf->_int.variable;
     795        13653 :             break;
     796         5802 :         case PGC_REAL:
     797         5802 :             val->val.realval = *gconf->_real.variable;
     798         5802 :             break;
     799       222251 :         case PGC_STRING:
     800       222251 :             set_string_field(gconf, &(val->val.stringval), *gconf->_string.variable);
     801       222251 :             break;
     802        55182 :         case PGC_ENUM:
     803        55182 :             val->val.enumval = *gconf->_enum.variable;
     804        55182 :             break;
     805              :     }
     806       352750 :     set_extra_field(gconf, &(val->extra), gconf->extra);
     807       352750 : }
     808              : 
     809              : /*
     810              :  * Support for discarding a no-longer-needed value in a stack entry.
     811              :  * The "extra" field associated with the stack entry is cleared, too.
     812              :  */
     813              : static void
     814        37961 : discard_stack_value(struct config_generic *gconf, config_var_value *val)
     815              : {
     816        37961 :     switch (gconf->vartype)
     817              :     {
     818        24966 :         case PGC_BOOL:
     819              :         case PGC_INT:
     820              :         case PGC_REAL:
     821              :         case PGC_ENUM:
     822              :             /* no need to do anything */
     823        24966 :             break;
     824        12995 :         case PGC_STRING:
     825        12995 :             set_string_field(gconf,
     826              :                              &(val->val.stringval),
     827              :                              NULL);
     828        12995 :             break;
     829              :     }
     830        37961 :     set_extra_field(gconf, &(val->extra), NULL);
     831        37961 : }
     832              : 
     833              : 
     834              : /*
     835              :  * Fetch a palloc'd, sorted array of GUC struct pointers
     836              :  *
     837              :  * The array length is returned into *num_vars.
     838              :  */
     839              : struct config_generic **
     840         1952 : get_guc_variables(int *num_vars)
     841              : {
     842              :     struct config_generic **result;
     843              :     HASH_SEQ_STATUS status;
     844              :     GUCHashEntry *hentry;
     845              :     int         i;
     846              : 
     847         1952 :     *num_vars = hash_get_num_entries(guc_hashtab);
     848         1952 :     result = palloc_array(struct config_generic *, *num_vars);
     849              : 
     850              :     /* Extract pointers from the hash table */
     851         1952 :     i = 0;
     852         1952 :     hash_seq_init(&status, guc_hashtab);
     853       833653 :     while ((hentry = (GUCHashEntry *) hash_seq_search(&status)) != NULL)
     854       831701 :         result[i++] = hentry->gucvar;
     855              :     Assert(i == *num_vars);
     856              : 
     857              :     /* Sort by name */
     858         1952 :     qsort(result, *num_vars,
     859              :           sizeof(struct config_generic *), guc_var_compare);
     860              : 
     861         1952 :     return result;
     862              : }
     863              : 
     864              : 
     865              : /*
     866              :  * Build the GUC hash table.  This is split out so that help_config.c can
     867              :  * extract all the variables without running all of InitializeGUCOptions.
     868              :  * It's not meant for use anyplace else.
     869              :  */
     870              : void
     871         1275 : build_guc_variables(void)
     872              : {
     873              :     int         size_vars;
     874         1275 :     int         num_vars = 0;
     875              :     HASHCTL     hash_ctl;
     876              :     GUCHashEntry *hentry;
     877              :     bool        found;
     878              : 
     879              :     /*
     880              :      * Create the memory context that will hold all GUC-related data.
     881              :      */
     882              :     Assert(GUCMemoryContext == NULL);
     883         1275 :     GUCMemoryContext = AllocSetContextCreate(TopMemoryContext,
     884              :                                              "GUCMemoryContext",
     885              :                                              ALLOCSET_DEFAULT_SIZES);
     886              : 
     887              :     /*
     888              :      * Count all the built-in variables.
     889              :      */
     890       539325 :     for (int i = 0; ConfigureNames[i].name; i++)
     891       538050 :         num_vars++;
     892              : 
     893              :     /*
     894              :      * Create hash table with 20% slack
     895              :      */
     896         1275 :     size_vars = num_vars + num_vars / 4;
     897              : 
     898         1275 :     hash_ctl.keysize = sizeof(char *);
     899         1275 :     hash_ctl.entrysize = sizeof(GUCHashEntry);
     900         1275 :     hash_ctl.hash = guc_name_hash;
     901         1275 :     hash_ctl.match = guc_name_match;
     902         1275 :     hash_ctl.hcxt = GUCMemoryContext;
     903         1275 :     guc_hashtab = hash_create("GUC hash table",
     904              :                               size_vars,
     905              :                               &hash_ctl,
     906              :                               HASH_ELEM | HASH_FUNCTION | HASH_COMPARE | HASH_CONTEXT);
     907              : 
     908       539325 :     for (int i = 0; ConfigureNames[i].name; i++)
     909              :     {
     910       538050 :         struct config_generic *gucvar = &ConfigureNames[i];
     911              : 
     912       538050 :         hentry = (GUCHashEntry *) hash_search(guc_hashtab,
     913       538050 :                                               &gucvar->name,
     914              :                                               HASH_ENTER,
     915              :                                               &found);
     916              :         Assert(!found);
     917       538050 :         hentry->gucvar = gucvar;
     918              :     }
     919              : 
     920              :     Assert(num_vars == hash_get_num_entries(guc_hashtab));
     921         1275 : }
     922              : 
     923              : /*
     924              :  * Add a new GUC variable to the hash of known variables. The
     925              :  * hash is expanded if needed.
     926              :  */
     927              : static bool
     928        12314 : add_guc_variable(struct config_generic *var, int elevel)
     929              : {
     930              :     GUCHashEntry *hentry;
     931              :     bool        found;
     932              : 
     933        12314 :     hentry = (GUCHashEntry *) hash_search(guc_hashtab,
     934        12314 :                                           &var->name,
     935              :                                           HASH_ENTER_NULL,
     936              :                                           &found);
     937        12314 :     if (unlikely(hentry == NULL))
     938              :     {
     939            0 :         ereport(elevel,
     940              :                 (errcode(ERRCODE_OUT_OF_MEMORY),
     941              :                  errmsg("out of memory")));
     942            0 :         return false;           /* out of memory */
     943              :     }
     944              :     Assert(!found);
     945        12314 :     hentry->gucvar = var;
     946        12314 :     return true;
     947              : }
     948              : 
     949              : /*
     950              :  * Decide whether a proposed custom variable name is allowed.
     951              :  *
     952              :  * It must be two or more identifiers separated by dots, where the rules
     953              :  * for what is an identifier agree with scan.l.  (If you change this rule,
     954              :  * adjust the errdetail in assignable_custom_variable_name().)
     955              :  */
     956              : static bool
     957          149 : valid_custom_variable_name(const char *name)
     958              : {
     959          149 :     bool        saw_sep = false;
     960          149 :     bool        name_start = true;
     961              : 
     962         2928 :     for (const char *p = name; *p; p++)
     963              :     {
     964         2787 :         if (*p == GUC_QUALIFIER_SEPARATOR)
     965              :         {
     966          137 :             if (name_start)
     967            0 :                 return false;   /* empty name component */
     968          137 :             saw_sep = true;
     969          137 :             name_start = true;
     970              :         }
     971         2650 :         else if (strchr("ABCDEFGHIJKLMNOPQRSTUVWXYZ"
     972         2650 :                         "abcdefghijklmnopqrstuvwxyz_", *p) != NULL ||
     973           10 :                  IS_HIGHBIT_SET(*p))
     974              :         {
     975              :             /* okay as first or non-first character */
     976         2640 :             name_start = false;
     977              :         }
     978           10 :         else if (!name_start && strchr("0123456789$", *p) != NULL)
     979              :              /* okay as non-first character */ ;
     980              :         else
     981            8 :             return false;
     982              :     }
     983          141 :     if (name_start)
     984            0 :         return false;           /* empty name component */
     985              :     /* OK if we found at least one separator */
     986          141 :     return saw_sep;
     987              : }
     988              : 
     989              : /*
     990              :  * Decide whether an unrecognized variable name is allowed to be SET.
     991              :  *
     992              :  * It must pass the syntactic rules of valid_custom_variable_name(),
     993              :  * and it must not be in any namespace already reserved by an extension.
     994              :  * (We make this separate from valid_custom_variable_name() because we don't
     995              :  * apply the reserved-namespace test when reading configuration files.)
     996              :  *
     997              :  * If valid, return true.  Otherwise, return false if skip_errors is true,
     998              :  * else throw a suitable error at the specified elevel (and return false
     999              :  * if that's less than ERROR).
    1000              :  */
    1001              : static bool
    1002          123 : assignable_custom_variable_name(const char *name, bool skip_errors, int elevel)
    1003              : {
    1004              :     /* If there's no separator, it can't be a custom variable */
    1005          123 :     const char *sep = strchr(name, GUC_QUALIFIER_SEPARATOR);
    1006              : 
    1007          123 :     if (sep != NULL)
    1008              :     {
    1009           91 :         size_t      classLen = sep - name;
    1010              :         ListCell   *lc;
    1011              : 
    1012              :         /* The name must be syntactically acceptable ... */
    1013           91 :         if (!valid_custom_variable_name(name))
    1014              :         {
    1015            8 :             if (!skip_errors)
    1016            8 :                 ereport(elevel,
    1017              :                         (errcode(ERRCODE_INVALID_NAME),
    1018              :                          errmsg("invalid configuration parameter name \"%s\"",
    1019              :                                 name),
    1020              :                          errdetail("Custom parameter names must be two or more simple identifiers separated by dots.")));
    1021            0 :             return false;
    1022              :         }
    1023              :         /* ... and it must not match any previously-reserved prefix */
    1024          105 :         foreach(lc, reserved_class_prefix)
    1025              :         {
    1026           29 :             const char *rcprefix = lfirst(lc);
    1027              : 
    1028           29 :             if (strlen(rcprefix) == classLen &&
    1029            7 :                 strncmp(name, rcprefix, classLen) == 0)
    1030              :             {
    1031            7 :                 if (!skip_errors)
    1032            4 :                     ereport(elevel,
    1033              :                             (errcode(ERRCODE_INVALID_NAME),
    1034              :                              errmsg("invalid configuration parameter name \"%s\"",
    1035              :                                     name),
    1036              :                              errdetail("\"%s\" is a reserved prefix.",
    1037              :                                        rcprefix)));
    1038            3 :                 return false;
    1039              :             }
    1040              :         }
    1041              :         /* OK to create it */
    1042           76 :         return true;
    1043              :     }
    1044              : 
    1045              :     /* Unrecognized single-part name */
    1046           32 :     if (!skip_errors)
    1047           32 :         ereport(elevel,
    1048              :                 (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT),
    1049              :                  errmsg("unrecognized configuration parameter \"%s\"",
    1050              :                         name)));
    1051            0 :     return false;
    1052              : }
    1053              : 
    1054              : /*
    1055              :  * Create and add a placeholder variable for a custom variable name.
    1056              :  */
    1057              : static struct config_generic *
    1058           69 : add_placeholder_variable(const char *name, int elevel)
    1059              : {
    1060           69 :     size_t      sz = sizeof(struct config_generic) + sizeof(char *);
    1061              :     struct config_generic *var;
    1062              : 
    1063           69 :     var = (struct config_generic *) guc_malloc(elevel, sz);
    1064           69 :     if (var == NULL)
    1065            0 :         return NULL;
    1066           69 :     memset(var, 0, sz);
    1067              : 
    1068           69 :     var->name = guc_strdup(elevel, name);
    1069           69 :     if (var->name == NULL)
    1070              :     {
    1071            0 :         guc_free(var);
    1072            0 :         return NULL;
    1073              :     }
    1074              : 
    1075           69 :     var->context = PGC_USERSET;
    1076           69 :     var->group = CUSTOM_OPTIONS;
    1077           69 :     var->short_desc = "GUC placeholder variable";
    1078           69 :     var->flags = GUC_NO_SHOW_ALL | GUC_NOT_IN_SAMPLE | GUC_CUSTOM_PLACEHOLDER;
    1079           69 :     var->vartype = PGC_STRING;
    1080              : 
    1081              :     /*
    1082              :      * The char* is allocated at the end of the struct since we have no
    1083              :      * 'static' place to point to.  Note that the current value, as well as
    1084              :      * the boot and reset values, start out NULL.
    1085              :      */
    1086           69 :     var->_string.variable = (char **) (var + 1);
    1087              : 
    1088           69 :     if (!add_guc_variable(var, elevel))
    1089              :     {
    1090            0 :         guc_free(unconstify(char *, var->name));
    1091            0 :         guc_free(var);
    1092            0 :         return NULL;
    1093              :     }
    1094              : 
    1095           69 :     return var;
    1096              : }
    1097              : 
    1098              : /*
    1099              :  * Look up option "name".  If it exists, return a pointer to its record.
    1100              :  * Otherwise, if create_placeholders is true and name is a valid-looking
    1101              :  * custom variable name, we'll create and return a placeholder record.
    1102              :  * Otherwise, if skip_errors is true, then we silently return NULL for
    1103              :  * an unrecognized or invalid name.  Otherwise, the error is reported at
    1104              :  * error level elevel (and we return NULL if that's less than ERROR).
    1105              :  *
    1106              :  * Note: internal errors, primarily out-of-memory, draw an elevel-level
    1107              :  * report and NULL return regardless of skip_errors.  Hence, callers must
    1108              :  * handle a NULL return whenever elevel < ERROR, but they should not need
    1109              :  * to emit any additional error message.  (In practice, internal errors
    1110              :  * can only happen when create_placeholders is true, so callers passing
    1111              :  * false need not think terribly hard about this.)
    1112              :  */
    1113              : struct config_generic *
    1114       906398 : find_option(const char *name, bool create_placeholders, bool skip_errors,
    1115              :             int elevel)
    1116              : {
    1117              :     GUCHashEntry *hentry;
    1118              : 
    1119              :     Assert(name);
    1120              : 
    1121              :     /* Look it up using the hash table. */
    1122       906398 :     hentry = (GUCHashEntry *) hash_search(guc_hashtab,
    1123              :                                           &name,
    1124              :                                           HASH_FIND,
    1125              :                                           NULL);
    1126       906398 :     if (hentry)
    1127       906161 :         return hentry->gucvar;
    1128              : 
    1129              :     /*
    1130              :      * See if the name is an obsolete name for a variable.  We assume that the
    1131              :      * set of supported old names is short enough that a brute-force search is
    1132              :      * the best way.
    1133              :      */
    1134          948 :     for (int i = 0; map_old_guc_names[i] != NULL; i += 2)
    1135              :     {
    1136          711 :         if (guc_name_compare(name, map_old_guc_names[i]) == 0)
    1137            0 :             return find_option(map_old_guc_names[i + 1], false,
    1138              :                                skip_errors, elevel);
    1139              :     }
    1140              : 
    1141          237 :     if (create_placeholders)
    1142              :     {
    1143              :         /*
    1144              :          * Check if the name is valid, and if so, add a placeholder.
    1145              :          */
    1146          115 :         if (assignable_custom_variable_name(name, skip_errors, elevel))
    1147           69 :             return add_placeholder_variable(name, elevel);
    1148              :         else
    1149            3 :             return NULL;        /* error message, if any, already emitted */
    1150              :     }
    1151              : 
    1152              :     /* Unknown name and we're not supposed to make a placeholder */
    1153          122 :     if (!skip_errors)
    1154           25 :         ereport(elevel,
    1155              :                 (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT),
    1156              :                  errmsg("unrecognized configuration parameter \"%s\"",
    1157              :                         name)));
    1158           97 :     return NULL;
    1159              : }
    1160              : 
    1161              : 
    1162              : /*
    1163              :  * comparator for qsorting an array of GUC pointers
    1164              :  */
    1165              : static int
    1166      7450652 : guc_var_compare(const void *a, const void *b)
    1167              : {
    1168      7450652 :     const struct config_generic *ca = *(const struct config_generic *const *) a;
    1169      7450652 :     const struct config_generic *cb = *(const struct config_generic *const *) b;
    1170              : 
    1171      7450652 :     return guc_name_compare(ca->name, cb->name);
    1172              : }
    1173              : 
    1174              : /*
    1175              :  * the bare comparison function for GUC names
    1176              :  */
    1177              : int
    1178      8775154 : guc_name_compare(const char *namea, const char *nameb)
    1179              : {
    1180              :     /*
    1181              :      * The temptation to use strcasecmp() here must be resisted, because the
    1182              :      * hash mapping has to remain stable across setlocale() calls. So, build
    1183              :      * our own with a simple ASCII-only downcasing.
    1184              :      */
    1185     40579863 :     while (*namea && *nameb)
    1186              :     {
    1187     39607391 :         char        cha = *namea++;
    1188     39607391 :         char        chb = *nameb++;
    1189              : 
    1190     39607391 :         if (cha >= 'A' && cha <= 'Z')
    1191       138157 :             cha += 'a' - 'A';
    1192     39607391 :         if (chb >= 'A' && chb <= 'Z')
    1193        47204 :             chb += 'a' - 'A';
    1194     39607391 :         if (cha != chb)
    1195      7802682 :             return cha - chb;
    1196              :     }
    1197       972472 :     if (*namea)
    1198        38935 :         return 1;               /* a is longer */
    1199       933537 :     if (*nameb)
    1200        27040 :         return -1;              /* b is longer */
    1201       906497 :     return 0;
    1202              : }
    1203              : 
    1204              : /*
    1205              :  * Hash function that's compatible with guc_name_compare
    1206              :  */
    1207              : static uint32
    1208      1469082 : guc_name_hash(const void *key, Size keysize)
    1209              : {
    1210      1469082 :     uint32      result = 0;
    1211      1469082 :     const char *name = *(const char *const *) key;
    1212              : 
    1213     26624283 :     while (*name)
    1214              :     {
    1215     25155201 :         char        ch = *name++;
    1216              : 
    1217              :         /* Case-fold in the same way as guc_name_compare */
    1218     25155201 :         if (ch >= 'A' && ch <= 'Z')
    1219        28048 :             ch += 'a' - 'A';
    1220              : 
    1221              :         /* Merge into hash ... not very bright, but it needn't be */
    1222     25155201 :         result = pg_rotate_left32(result, 5);
    1223     25155201 :         result ^= (uint32) ch;
    1224              :     }
    1225      1469082 :     return result;
    1226              : }
    1227              : 
    1228              : /*
    1229              :  * Dynahash match function to use in guc_hashtab
    1230              :  */
    1231              : static int
    1232       906236 : guc_name_match(const void *key1, const void *key2, Size keysize)
    1233              : {
    1234       906236 :     const char *name1 = *(const char *const *) key1;
    1235       906236 :     const char *name2 = *(const char *const *) key2;
    1236              : 
    1237       906236 :     return guc_name_compare(name1, name2);
    1238              : }
    1239              : 
    1240              : 
    1241              : /*
    1242              :  * Convert a GUC name to the form that should be used in pg_parameter_acl.
    1243              :  *
    1244              :  * We need to canonicalize entries since, for example, case should not be
    1245              :  * significant.  In addition, we apply the map_old_guc_names[] mapping so that
    1246              :  * any obsolete names will be converted when stored in a new PG version.
    1247              :  * Note however that this function does not verify legality of the name.
    1248              :  *
    1249              :  * The result is a palloc'd string.
    1250              :  */
    1251              : char *
    1252          176 : convert_GUC_name_for_parameter_acl(const char *name)
    1253              : {
    1254              :     char       *result;
    1255              : 
    1256              :     /* Apply old-GUC-name mapping. */
    1257          704 :     for (int i = 0; map_old_guc_names[i] != NULL; i += 2)
    1258              :     {
    1259          528 :         if (guc_name_compare(name, map_old_guc_names[i]) == 0)
    1260              :         {
    1261            0 :             name = map_old_guc_names[i + 1];
    1262            0 :             break;
    1263              :         }
    1264              :     }
    1265              : 
    1266              :     /* Apply case-folding that matches guc_name_compare(). */
    1267          176 :     result = pstrdup(name);
    1268         2864 :     for (char *ptr = result; *ptr != '\0'; ptr++)
    1269              :     {
    1270         2688 :         char        ch = *ptr;
    1271              : 
    1272         2688 :         if (ch >= 'A' && ch <= 'Z')
    1273              :         {
    1274            6 :             ch += 'a' - 'A';
    1275            6 :             *ptr = ch;
    1276              :         }
    1277              :     }
    1278              : 
    1279          176 :     return result;
    1280              : }
    1281              : 
    1282              : /*
    1283              :  * Check whether we should allow creation of a pg_parameter_acl entry
    1284              :  * for the given name.  (This can be applied either before or after
    1285              :  * canonicalizing it.)  Throws error if not.
    1286              :  */
    1287              : void
    1288           34 : check_GUC_name_for_parameter_acl(const char *name)
    1289              : {
    1290              :     /* OK if the GUC exists. */
    1291           34 :     if (find_option(name, false, true, DEBUG5) != NULL)
    1292           27 :         return;
    1293              :     /* Otherwise, it'd better be a valid custom GUC name. */
    1294            7 :     (void) assignable_custom_variable_name(name, false, ERROR);
    1295              : }
    1296              : 
    1297              : /*
    1298              :  * Routine in charge of checking various states of a GUC.
    1299              :  *
    1300              :  * This performs two sanity checks.  First, it checks that the initial
    1301              :  * value of a GUC is the same when declared and when loaded to prevent
    1302              :  * anybody looking at the C declarations of these GUCs from being fooled by
    1303              :  * mismatched values.  Second, it checks for incorrect flag combinations.
    1304              :  *
    1305              :  * The following validation rules apply for the values:
    1306              :  * bool - can be false, otherwise must be same as the boot_val
    1307              :  * int  - can be 0, otherwise must be same as the boot_val
    1308              :  * real - can be 0.0, otherwise must be same as the boot_val
    1309              :  * string - can be NULL, otherwise must be strcmp equal to the boot_val
    1310              :  * enum - must be same as the boot_val
    1311              :  */
    1312              : #ifdef USE_ASSERT_CHECKING
    1313              : static bool
    1314              : check_GUC_init(const struct config_generic *gconf)
    1315              : {
    1316              :     /* Checks on values */
    1317              :     switch (gconf->vartype)
    1318              :     {
    1319              :         case PGC_BOOL:
    1320              :             {
    1321              :                 const struct config_bool *conf = &gconf->_bool;
    1322              : 
    1323              :                 if (*conf->variable && !conf->boot_val)
    1324              :                 {
    1325              :                     elog(LOG, "GUC (PGC_BOOL) %s, boot_val=%d, C-var=%d",
    1326              :                          gconf->name, conf->boot_val, *conf->variable);
    1327              :                     return false;
    1328              :                 }
    1329              :                 break;
    1330              :             }
    1331              :         case PGC_INT:
    1332              :             {
    1333              :                 const struct config_int *conf = &gconf->_int;
    1334              : 
    1335              :                 if (*conf->variable != 0 && *conf->variable != conf->boot_val)
    1336              :                 {
    1337              :                     elog(LOG, "GUC (PGC_INT) %s, boot_val=%d, C-var=%d",
    1338              :                          gconf->name, conf->boot_val, *conf->variable);
    1339              :                     return false;
    1340              :                 }
    1341              :                 break;
    1342              :             }
    1343              :         case PGC_REAL:
    1344              :             {
    1345              :                 const struct config_real *conf = &gconf->_real;
    1346              : 
    1347              :                 if (*conf->variable != 0.0 && *conf->variable != conf->boot_val)
    1348              :                 {
    1349              :                     elog(LOG, "GUC (PGC_REAL) %s, boot_val=%g, C-var=%g",
    1350              :                          gconf->name, conf->boot_val, *conf->variable);
    1351              :                     return false;
    1352              :                 }
    1353              :                 break;
    1354              :             }
    1355              :         case PGC_STRING:
    1356              :             {
    1357              :                 const struct config_string *conf = &gconf->_string;
    1358              : 
    1359              :                 if (*conf->variable != NULL &&
    1360              :                     (conf->boot_val == NULL ||
    1361              :                      strcmp(*conf->variable, conf->boot_val) != 0))
    1362              :                 {
    1363              :                     elog(LOG, "GUC (PGC_STRING) %s, boot_val=%s, C-var=%s",
    1364              :                          gconf->name, conf->boot_val ? conf->boot_val : "<null>", *conf->variable);
    1365              :                     return false;
    1366              :                 }
    1367              :                 break;
    1368              :             }
    1369              :         case PGC_ENUM:
    1370              :             {
    1371              :                 const struct config_enum *conf = &gconf->_enum;
    1372              : 
    1373              :                 if (*conf->variable != conf->boot_val)
    1374              :                 {
    1375              :                     elog(LOG, "GUC (PGC_ENUM) %s, boot_val=%d, C-var=%d",
    1376              :                          gconf->name, conf->boot_val, *conf->variable);
    1377              :                     return false;
    1378              :                 }
    1379              :                 break;
    1380              :             }
    1381              :     }
    1382              : 
    1383              :     /* Flag combinations */
    1384              : 
    1385              :     /*
    1386              :      * GUC_NO_SHOW_ALL requires GUC_NOT_IN_SAMPLE, as a parameter not part of
    1387              :      * SHOW ALL should not be hidden in postgresql.conf.sample.
    1388              :      */
    1389              :     if ((gconf->flags & GUC_NO_SHOW_ALL) &&
    1390              :         !(gconf->flags & GUC_NOT_IN_SAMPLE))
    1391              :     {
    1392              :         elog(LOG, "GUC %s flags: NO_SHOW_ALL and !NOT_IN_SAMPLE",
    1393              :              gconf->name);
    1394              :         return false;
    1395              :     }
    1396              : 
    1397              :     return true;
    1398              : }
    1399              : #endif
    1400              : 
    1401              : /*
    1402              :  * Initialize GUC options during program startup.
    1403              :  *
    1404              :  * Note that we cannot read the config file yet, since we have not yet
    1405              :  * processed command-line switches.
    1406              :  */
    1407              : void
    1408         1275 : InitializeGUCOptions(void)
    1409              : {
    1410              :     HASH_SEQ_STATUS status;
    1411              :     GUCHashEntry *hentry;
    1412              : 
    1413              :     /*
    1414              :      * Before log_line_prefix could possibly receive a nonempty setting, make
    1415              :      * sure that timezone processing is minimally alive (see elog.c).
    1416              :      */
    1417         1275 :     pg_timezone_initialize();
    1418              : 
    1419              :     /*
    1420              :      * Create GUCMemoryContext and build hash table of all GUC variables.
    1421              :      */
    1422         1275 :     build_guc_variables();
    1423              : 
    1424              :     /*
    1425              :      * Load all variables with their compiled-in defaults, and initialize
    1426              :      * status fields as needed.
    1427              :      */
    1428         1275 :     hash_seq_init(&status, guc_hashtab);
    1429       539325 :     while ((hentry = (GUCHashEntry *) hash_seq_search(&status)) != NULL)
    1430              :     {
    1431              :         /* Check mapping between initial and default value */
    1432              :         Assert(check_GUC_init(hentry->gucvar));
    1433              : 
    1434       538050 :         InitializeOneGUCOption(hentry->gucvar);
    1435              :     }
    1436              : 
    1437         1275 :     reporting_enabled = false;
    1438              : 
    1439              :     /*
    1440              :      * Prevent any attempt to override the transaction modes from
    1441              :      * non-interactive sources.
    1442              :      */
    1443         1275 :     SetConfigOption("transaction_isolation", "read committed",
    1444              :                     PGC_POSTMASTER, PGC_S_OVERRIDE);
    1445         1275 :     SetConfigOption("transaction_read_only", "no",
    1446              :                     PGC_POSTMASTER, PGC_S_OVERRIDE);
    1447         1275 :     SetConfigOption("transaction_deferrable", "no",
    1448              :                     PGC_POSTMASTER, PGC_S_OVERRIDE);
    1449              : 
    1450              :     /*
    1451              :      * For historical reasons, some GUC parameters can receive defaults from
    1452              :      * environment variables.  Process those settings.
    1453              :      */
    1454         1275 :     InitializeGUCOptionsFromEnvironment();
    1455         1275 : }
    1456              : 
    1457              : /*
    1458              :  * Assign any GUC values that can come from the server's environment.
    1459              :  *
    1460              :  * This is called from InitializeGUCOptions, and also from ProcessConfigFile
    1461              :  * to deal with the possibility that a setting has been removed from
    1462              :  * postgresql.conf and should now get a value from the environment.
    1463              :  * (The latter is a kludge that should probably go away someday; if so,
    1464              :  * fold this back into InitializeGUCOptions.)
    1465              :  */
    1466              : static void
    1467         2196 : InitializeGUCOptionsFromEnvironment(void)
    1468              : {
    1469              :     char       *env;
    1470              :     ssize_t     stack_rlimit;
    1471              : 
    1472         2196 :     env = getenv("PGPORT");
    1473         2196 :     if (env != NULL)
    1474         2005 :         SetConfigOption("port", env, PGC_POSTMASTER, PGC_S_ENV_VAR);
    1475              : 
    1476         2196 :     env = getenv("PGDATESTYLE");
    1477         2196 :     if (env != NULL)
    1478          121 :         SetConfigOption("datestyle", env, PGC_POSTMASTER, PGC_S_ENV_VAR);
    1479              : 
    1480         2196 :     env = getenv("PGCLIENTENCODING");
    1481         2196 :     if (env != NULL)
    1482           15 :         SetConfigOption("client_encoding", env, PGC_POSTMASTER, PGC_S_ENV_VAR);
    1483              : 
    1484              :     /*
    1485              :      * rlimit isn't exactly an "environment variable", but it behaves about
    1486              :      * the same.  If we can identify the platform stack depth rlimit, increase
    1487              :      * default stack depth setting up to whatever is safe (but at most 2MB).
    1488              :      * Report the value's source as PGC_S_DYNAMIC_DEFAULT if it's 2MB, or as
    1489              :      * PGC_S_ENV_VAR if it's reflecting the rlimit limit.
    1490              :      */
    1491         2196 :     stack_rlimit = get_stack_depth_rlimit();
    1492         2196 :     if (stack_rlimit > 0)
    1493              :     {
    1494         2196 :         ssize_t     new_limit = (stack_rlimit - STACK_DEPTH_SLOP) / 1024;
    1495              : 
    1496         2196 :         if (new_limit > 100)
    1497              :         {
    1498              :             GucSource   source;
    1499              :             char        limbuf[16];
    1500              : 
    1501         2196 :             if (new_limit < 2048)
    1502            0 :                 source = PGC_S_ENV_VAR;
    1503              :             else
    1504              :             {
    1505         2196 :                 new_limit = 2048;
    1506         2196 :                 source = PGC_S_DYNAMIC_DEFAULT;
    1507              :             }
    1508         2196 :             snprintf(limbuf, sizeof(limbuf), "%zd", new_limit);
    1509         2196 :             SetConfigOption("max_stack_depth", limbuf,
    1510              :                             PGC_POSTMASTER, source);
    1511              :         }
    1512              :     }
    1513         2196 : }
    1514              : 
    1515              : /*
    1516              :  * Initialize one GUC option variable to its compiled-in default.
    1517              :  *
    1518              :  * Note: the reason for calling check_hooks is not that we think the boot_val
    1519              :  * might fail, but that the hooks might wish to compute an "extra" struct.
    1520              :  */
    1521              : static void
    1522       600068 : InitializeOneGUCOption(struct config_generic *gconf)
    1523              : {
    1524       600068 :     void       *extra = NULL;
    1525              : 
    1526       600068 :     gconf->status = 0;
    1527       600068 :     gconf->source = PGC_S_DEFAULT;
    1528       600068 :     gconf->reset_source = PGC_S_DEFAULT;
    1529       600068 :     gconf->scontext = PGC_INTERNAL;
    1530       600068 :     gconf->reset_scontext = PGC_INTERNAL;
    1531       600068 :     gconf->srole = BOOTSTRAP_SUPERUSERID;
    1532       600068 :     gconf->reset_srole = BOOTSTRAP_SUPERUSERID;
    1533       600068 :     gconf->stack = NULL;
    1534       600068 :     gconf->extra = NULL;
    1535       600068 :     gconf->last_reported = NULL;
    1536       600068 :     gconf->sourcefile = NULL;
    1537       600068 :     gconf->sourceline = 0;
    1538              : 
    1539       600068 :     switch (gconf->vartype)
    1540              :     {
    1541       169463 :         case PGC_BOOL:
    1542              :             {
    1543       169463 :                 struct config_bool *conf = &gconf->_bool;
    1544       169463 :                 bool        newval = conf->boot_val;
    1545              : 
    1546       169463 :                 if (!call_bool_check_hook(gconf, &newval, &extra,
    1547              :                                           PGC_S_DEFAULT, LOG))
    1548            0 :                     elog(FATAL, "failed to initialize %s to %d",
    1549              :                          gconf->name, (int) newval);
    1550       169463 :                 if (conf->assign_hook)
    1551            0 :                     conf->assign_hook(newval, extra);
    1552       169463 :                 *conf->variable = conf->reset_val = newval;
    1553       169463 :                 break;
    1554              :             }
    1555       202195 :         case PGC_INT:
    1556              :             {
    1557       202195 :                 struct config_int *conf = &gconf->_int;
    1558       202195 :                 int         newval = conf->boot_val;
    1559              : 
    1560              :                 Assert(newval >= conf->min);
    1561              :                 Assert(newval <= conf->max);
    1562       202195 :                 if (!call_int_check_hook(gconf, &newval, &extra,
    1563              :                                          PGC_S_DEFAULT, LOG))
    1564            0 :                     elog(FATAL, "failed to initialize %s to %d",
    1565              :                          gconf->name, newval);
    1566       202195 :                 if (conf->assign_hook)
    1567        16766 :                     conf->assign_hook(newval, extra);
    1568       202195 :                 *conf->variable = conf->reset_val = newval;
    1569       202195 :                 break;
    1570              :             }
    1571        40829 :         case PGC_REAL:
    1572              :             {
    1573        40829 :                 struct config_real *conf = &gconf->_real;
    1574        40829 :                 double      newval = conf->boot_val;
    1575              : 
    1576              :                 Assert(newval >= conf->min);
    1577              :                 Assert(newval <= conf->max);
    1578        40829 :                 if (!call_real_check_hook(gconf, &newval, &extra,
    1579              :                                           PGC_S_DEFAULT, LOG))
    1580            0 :                     elog(FATAL, "failed to initialize %s to %g",
    1581              :                          gconf->name, newval);
    1582        40829 :                 if (conf->assign_hook)
    1583         2550 :                     conf->assign_hook(newval, extra);
    1584        40829 :                 *conf->variable = conf->reset_val = newval;
    1585        40829 :                 break;
    1586              :             }
    1587       125640 :         case PGC_STRING:
    1588              :             {
    1589       125640 :                 struct config_string *conf = &gconf->_string;
    1590              :                 char       *newval;
    1591              : 
    1592              :                 /* non-NULL boot_val must always get strdup'd */
    1593       125640 :                 if (conf->boot_val != NULL)
    1594       113262 :                     newval = guc_strdup(FATAL, conf->boot_val);
    1595              :                 else
    1596        12378 :                     newval = NULL;
    1597              : 
    1598       125640 :                 if (!call_string_check_hook(gconf, &newval, &extra,
    1599              :                                             PGC_S_DEFAULT, LOG))
    1600            0 :                     elog(FATAL, "failed to initialize %s to \"%s\"",
    1601              :                          gconf->name, newval ? newval : "");
    1602       125640 :                 if (conf->assign_hook)
    1603        66082 :                     conf->assign_hook(newval, extra);
    1604       125640 :                 *conf->variable = conf->reset_val = newval;
    1605       125640 :                 break;
    1606              :             }
    1607        61941 :         case PGC_ENUM:
    1608              :             {
    1609        61941 :                 struct config_enum *conf = &gconf->_enum;
    1610        61941 :                 int         newval = conf->boot_val;
    1611              : 
    1612        61941 :                 if (!call_enum_check_hook(gconf, &newval, &extra,
    1613              :                                           PGC_S_DEFAULT, LOG))
    1614            0 :                     elog(FATAL, "failed to initialize %s to %d",
    1615              :                          gconf->name, newval);
    1616        61941 :                 if (conf->assign_hook)
    1617         8927 :                     conf->assign_hook(newval, extra);
    1618        61941 :                 *conf->variable = conf->reset_val = newval;
    1619        61941 :                 break;
    1620              :             }
    1621              :     }
    1622              : 
    1623       600068 :     gconf->extra = gconf->reset_extra = extra;
    1624       600068 : }
    1625              : 
    1626              : /*
    1627              :  * Summarily remove a GUC variable from any linked lists it's in.
    1628              :  *
    1629              :  * We use this in cases where the variable is about to be deleted or reset.
    1630              :  * These aren't common operations, so it's okay if this is a bit slow.
    1631              :  */
    1632              : static void
    1633        49778 : RemoveGUCFromLists(struct config_generic *gconf)
    1634              : {
    1635        49778 :     if (gconf->source != PGC_S_DEFAULT)
    1636        49777 :         dlist_delete(&gconf->nondef_link);
    1637        49778 :     if (gconf->stack != NULL)
    1638            0 :         slist_delete(&guc_stack_list, &gconf->stack_link);
    1639        49778 :     if (gconf->status & GUC_NEEDS_REPORT)
    1640         6024 :         slist_delete(&guc_report_list, &gconf->report_link);
    1641        49778 : }
    1642              : 
    1643              : 
    1644              : /*
    1645              :  * Select the configuration files and data directory to be used, and
    1646              :  * do the initial read of postgresql.conf.
    1647              :  *
    1648              :  * This is called after processing command-line switches.
    1649              :  *      userDoption is the -D switch value if any (NULL if unspecified).
    1650              :  *      progname is just for use in error messages.
    1651              :  *
    1652              :  * Returns true on success; on failure, prints a suitable error message
    1653              :  * to stderr and returns false.
    1654              :  */
    1655              : bool
    1656         1247 : SelectConfigFiles(const char *userDoption, const char *progname)
    1657              : {
    1658              :     char       *configdir;
    1659              :     char       *fname;
    1660              :     bool        fname_is_malloced;
    1661              :     struct stat stat_buf;
    1662              :     struct config_generic *data_directory_rec;
    1663              : 
    1664              :     /* configdir is -D option, or $PGDATA if no -D */
    1665         1247 :     if (userDoption)
    1666         1018 :         configdir = make_absolute_path(userDoption);
    1667              :     else
    1668          229 :         configdir = make_absolute_path(getenv("PGDATA"));
    1669              : 
    1670         1247 :     if (configdir && stat(configdir, &stat_buf) != 0)
    1671              :     {
    1672            0 :         write_stderr("%s: could not access directory \"%s\": %m\n",
    1673              :                      progname,
    1674              :                      configdir);
    1675            0 :         if (errno == ENOENT)
    1676            0 :             write_stderr("Run initdb or pg_basebackup to initialize a PostgreSQL data directory.\n");
    1677            0 :         goto fail;
    1678              :     }
    1679              : 
    1680              :     /*
    1681              :      * Find the configuration file: if config_file was specified on the
    1682              :      * command line, use it, else use configdir/postgresql.conf.  In any case
    1683              :      * ensure the result is an absolute path, so that it will be interpreted
    1684              :      * the same way by future backends.
    1685              :      */
    1686         1247 :     if (ConfigFileName)
    1687              :     {
    1688           10 :         fname = make_absolute_path(ConfigFileName);
    1689           10 :         fname_is_malloced = true;
    1690              :     }
    1691         1237 :     else if (configdir)
    1692              :     {
    1693         1237 :         fname = guc_malloc(FATAL,
    1694         1237 :                            strlen(configdir) + strlen(CONFIG_FILENAME) + 2);
    1695         1237 :         sprintf(fname, "%s/%s", configdir, CONFIG_FILENAME);
    1696         1237 :         fname_is_malloced = false;
    1697              :     }
    1698              :     else
    1699              :     {
    1700            0 :         write_stderr("%s does not know where to find the server configuration file.\n"
    1701              :                      "You must specify the --config-file or -D invocation "
    1702              :                      "option or set the PGDATA environment variable.\n",
    1703              :                      progname);
    1704            0 :         goto fail;
    1705              :     }
    1706              : 
    1707              :     /*
    1708              :      * Set the ConfigFileName GUC variable to its final value, ensuring that
    1709              :      * it can't be overridden later.
    1710              :      */
    1711         1247 :     SetConfigOption("config_file", fname, PGC_POSTMASTER, PGC_S_OVERRIDE);
    1712              : 
    1713         1247 :     if (fname_is_malloced)
    1714           10 :         free(fname);
    1715              :     else
    1716         1237 :         guc_free(fname);
    1717              : 
    1718              :     /*
    1719              :      * Now read the config file for the first time.
    1720              :      */
    1721         1247 :     if (stat(ConfigFileName, &stat_buf) != 0)
    1722              :     {
    1723            0 :         write_stderr("%s: could not access the server configuration file \"%s\": %m\n",
    1724              :                      progname, ConfigFileName);
    1725            0 :         goto fail;
    1726              :     }
    1727              : 
    1728              :     /*
    1729              :      * Read the configuration file for the first time.  This time only the
    1730              :      * data_directory parameter is picked up to determine the data directory,
    1731              :      * so that we can read the PG_AUTOCONF_FILENAME file next time.
    1732              :      */
    1733         1247 :     ProcessConfigFile(PGC_POSTMASTER);
    1734              : 
    1735              :     /*
    1736              :      * If the data_directory GUC variable has been set, use that as DataDir;
    1737              :      * otherwise use configdir if set; else punt.
    1738              :      *
    1739              :      * Note: SetDataDir will copy and absolute-ize its argument, so we don't
    1740              :      * have to.
    1741              :      */
    1742              :     data_directory_rec =
    1743         1247 :         find_option("data_directory", false, false, PANIC);
    1744         1247 :     if (*data_directory_rec->_string.variable)
    1745            0 :         SetDataDir(*data_directory_rec->_string.variable);
    1746         1247 :     else if (configdir)
    1747         1247 :         SetDataDir(configdir);
    1748              :     else
    1749              :     {
    1750            0 :         write_stderr("%s does not know where to find the database system data.\n"
    1751              :                      "This can be specified as \"data_directory\" in \"%s\", "
    1752              :                      "or by the -D invocation option, or by the "
    1753              :                      "PGDATA environment variable.\n",
    1754              :                      progname, ConfigFileName);
    1755            0 :         goto fail;
    1756              :     }
    1757              : 
    1758              :     /*
    1759              :      * Reflect the final DataDir value back into the data_directory GUC var.
    1760              :      * (If you are wondering why we don't just make them a single variable,
    1761              :      * it's because the EXEC_BACKEND case needs DataDir to be transmitted to
    1762              :      * child backends specially.  XXX is that still true?  Given that we now
    1763              :      * chdir to DataDir, EXEC_BACKEND can read the config file without knowing
    1764              :      * DataDir in advance.)
    1765              :      */
    1766         1247 :     SetConfigOption("data_directory", DataDir, PGC_POSTMASTER, PGC_S_OVERRIDE);
    1767              : 
    1768              :     /*
    1769              :      * Now read the config file a second time, allowing any settings in the
    1770              :      * PG_AUTOCONF_FILENAME file to take effect.  (This is pretty ugly, but
    1771              :      * since we have to determine the DataDir before we can find the autoconf
    1772              :      * file, the alternatives seem worse.)
    1773              :      */
    1774         1247 :     ProcessConfigFile(PGC_POSTMASTER);
    1775              : 
    1776              :     /*
    1777              :      * If timezone_abbreviations wasn't set in the configuration file, install
    1778              :      * the default value.  We do it this way because we can't safely install a
    1779              :      * "real" value until my_exec_path is set, which may not have happened
    1780              :      * when InitializeGUCOptions runs, so the bootstrap default value cannot
    1781              :      * be the real desired default.
    1782              :      */
    1783         1245 :     pg_timezone_abbrev_initialize();
    1784              : 
    1785              :     /*
    1786              :      * Figure out where pg_hba.conf is, and make sure the path is absolute.
    1787              :      */
    1788         1245 :     if (HbaFileName)
    1789              :     {
    1790            1 :         fname = make_absolute_path(HbaFileName);
    1791            1 :         fname_is_malloced = true;
    1792              :     }
    1793         1244 :     else if (configdir)
    1794              :     {
    1795         1244 :         fname = guc_malloc(FATAL,
    1796         1244 :                            strlen(configdir) + strlen(HBA_FILENAME) + 2);
    1797         1244 :         sprintf(fname, "%s/%s", configdir, HBA_FILENAME);
    1798         1244 :         fname_is_malloced = false;
    1799              :     }
    1800              :     else
    1801              :     {
    1802            0 :         write_stderr("%s does not know where to find the \"hba\" configuration file.\n"
    1803              :                      "This can be specified as \"hba_file\" in \"%s\", "
    1804              :                      "or by the -D invocation option, or by the "
    1805              :                      "PGDATA environment variable.\n",
    1806              :                      progname, ConfigFileName);
    1807            0 :         goto fail;
    1808              :     }
    1809         1245 :     SetConfigOption("hba_file", fname, PGC_POSTMASTER, PGC_S_OVERRIDE);
    1810              : 
    1811         1245 :     if (fname_is_malloced)
    1812            1 :         free(fname);
    1813              :     else
    1814         1244 :         guc_free(fname);
    1815              : 
    1816              :     /*
    1817              :      * Likewise for pg_ident.conf.
    1818              :      */
    1819         1245 :     if (IdentFileName)
    1820              :     {
    1821            1 :         fname = make_absolute_path(IdentFileName);
    1822            1 :         fname_is_malloced = true;
    1823              :     }
    1824         1244 :     else if (configdir)
    1825              :     {
    1826         1244 :         fname = guc_malloc(FATAL,
    1827         1244 :                            strlen(configdir) + strlen(IDENT_FILENAME) + 2);
    1828         1244 :         sprintf(fname, "%s/%s", configdir, IDENT_FILENAME);
    1829         1244 :         fname_is_malloced = false;
    1830              :     }
    1831              :     else
    1832              :     {
    1833            0 :         write_stderr("%s does not know where to find the \"ident\" configuration file.\n"
    1834              :                      "This can be specified as \"ident_file\" in \"%s\", "
    1835              :                      "or by the -D invocation option, or by the "
    1836              :                      "PGDATA environment variable.\n",
    1837              :                      progname, ConfigFileName);
    1838            0 :         goto fail;
    1839              :     }
    1840         1245 :     SetConfigOption("ident_file", fname, PGC_POSTMASTER, PGC_S_OVERRIDE);
    1841              : 
    1842         1245 :     if (fname_is_malloced)
    1843            1 :         free(fname);
    1844              :     else
    1845         1244 :         guc_free(fname);
    1846              : 
    1847              :     /*
    1848              :      * Likewise for pg_hosts.conf.
    1849              :      */
    1850         1245 :     if (HostsFileName)
    1851              :     {
    1852            0 :         fname = make_absolute_path(HostsFileName);
    1853            0 :         fname_is_malloced = true;
    1854              :     }
    1855         1245 :     else if (configdir)
    1856              :     {
    1857         1245 :         fname = guc_malloc(FATAL,
    1858         1245 :                            strlen(configdir) + strlen(HOSTS_FILENAME) + 2);
    1859         1245 :         sprintf(fname, "%s/%s", configdir, HOSTS_FILENAME);
    1860         1245 :         fname_is_malloced = false;
    1861              :     }
    1862              :     else
    1863              :     {
    1864            0 :         write_stderr("%s does not know where to find the \"hosts\" configuration file.\n"
    1865              :                      "This can be specified as \"hosts_file\" in \"%s\", "
    1866              :                      "or by the -D invocation option, or by the "
    1867              :                      "PGDATA environment variable.\n",
    1868              :                      progname, ConfigFileName);
    1869            0 :         goto fail;
    1870              :     }
    1871         1245 :     SetConfigOption("hosts_file", fname, PGC_POSTMASTER, PGC_S_OVERRIDE);
    1872              : 
    1873         1245 :     if (fname_is_malloced)
    1874            0 :         free(fname);
    1875              :     else
    1876         1245 :         guc_free(fname);
    1877              : 
    1878         1245 :     free(configdir);
    1879              : 
    1880         1245 :     return true;
    1881              : 
    1882            0 : fail:
    1883            0 :     free(configdir);
    1884              : 
    1885            0 :     return false;
    1886              : }
    1887              : 
    1888              : /*
    1889              :  * pg_timezone_abbrev_initialize --- set default value if not done already
    1890              :  *
    1891              :  * This is called after initial loading of postgresql.conf.  If no
    1892              :  * timezone_abbreviations setting was found therein, select default.
    1893              :  * If a non-default value is already installed, nothing will happen.
    1894              :  *
    1895              :  * This can also be called from ProcessConfigFile to establish the default
    1896              :  * value after a postgresql.conf entry for it is removed.
    1897              :  */
    1898              : static void
    1899         2166 : pg_timezone_abbrev_initialize(void)
    1900              : {
    1901         2166 :     SetConfigOption("timezone_abbreviations", "Default",
    1902              :                     PGC_POSTMASTER, PGC_S_DYNAMIC_DEFAULT);
    1903         2166 : }
    1904              : 
    1905              : 
    1906              : /*
    1907              :  * Reset all options to their saved default values (implements RESET ALL)
    1908              :  */
    1909              : void
    1910           11 : ResetAllOptions(void)
    1911              : {
    1912              :     dlist_mutable_iter iter;
    1913              : 
    1914              :     /* We need only consider GUCs not already at PGC_S_DEFAULT */
    1915          634 :     dlist_foreach_modify(iter, &guc_nondef_list)
    1916              :     {
    1917          623 :         struct config_generic *gconf = dlist_container(struct config_generic,
    1918              :                                                        nondef_link, iter.cur);
    1919              : 
    1920              :         /* Don't reset non-SET-able values */
    1921          623 :         if (gconf->context != PGC_SUSET &&
    1922          576 :             gconf->context != PGC_USERSET)
    1923          375 :             continue;
    1924              :         /* Don't reset if special exclusion from RESET ALL */
    1925          248 :         if (gconf->flags & GUC_NO_RESET_ALL)
    1926           55 :             continue;
    1927              :         /* No need to reset if wasn't SET */
    1928          193 :         if (gconf->source <= PGC_S_OVERRIDE)
    1929          169 :             continue;
    1930              : 
    1931              :         /* Save old value to support transaction abort */
    1932           24 :         push_old_value(gconf, GUC_ACTION_SET);
    1933              : 
    1934           24 :         switch (gconf->vartype)
    1935              :         {
    1936           12 :             case PGC_BOOL:
    1937              :                 {
    1938           12 :                     struct config_bool *conf = &gconf->_bool;
    1939              : 
    1940           12 :                     if (conf->assign_hook)
    1941            0 :                         conf->assign_hook(conf->reset_val,
    1942              :                                           gconf->reset_extra);
    1943           12 :                     *conf->variable = conf->reset_val;
    1944           12 :                     set_extra_field(gconf, &gconf->extra,
    1945              :                                     gconf->reset_extra);
    1946           12 :                     break;
    1947              :                 }
    1948            1 :             case PGC_INT:
    1949              :                 {
    1950            1 :                     struct config_int *conf = &gconf->_int;
    1951              : 
    1952            1 :                     if (conf->assign_hook)
    1953            0 :                         conf->assign_hook(conf->reset_val,
    1954              :                                           gconf->reset_extra);
    1955            1 :                     *conf->variable = conf->reset_val;
    1956            1 :                     set_extra_field(gconf, &gconf->extra,
    1957              :                                     gconf->reset_extra);
    1958            1 :                     break;
    1959              :                 }
    1960            4 :             case PGC_REAL:
    1961              :                 {
    1962            4 :                     struct config_real *conf = &gconf->_real;
    1963              : 
    1964            4 :                     if (conf->assign_hook)
    1965            0 :                         conf->assign_hook(conf->reset_val,
    1966              :                                           gconf->reset_extra);
    1967            4 :                     *conf->variable = conf->reset_val;
    1968            4 :                     set_extra_field(gconf, &gconf->extra,
    1969              :                                     gconf->reset_extra);
    1970            4 :                     break;
    1971              :                 }
    1972            6 :             case PGC_STRING:
    1973              :                 {
    1974            6 :                     struct config_string *conf = &gconf->_string;
    1975              : 
    1976            6 :                     if (conf->assign_hook)
    1977            2 :                         conf->assign_hook(conf->reset_val,
    1978              :                                           gconf->reset_extra);
    1979            6 :                     set_string_field(gconf, conf->variable, conf->reset_val);
    1980            6 :                     set_extra_field(gconf, &gconf->extra,
    1981              :                                     gconf->reset_extra);
    1982            6 :                     break;
    1983              :                 }
    1984            1 :             case PGC_ENUM:
    1985              :                 {
    1986            1 :                     struct config_enum *conf = &gconf->_enum;
    1987              : 
    1988            1 :                     if (conf->assign_hook)
    1989            0 :                         conf->assign_hook(conf->reset_val,
    1990              :                                           gconf->reset_extra);
    1991            1 :                     *conf->variable = conf->reset_val;
    1992            1 :                     set_extra_field(gconf, &gconf->extra,
    1993              :                                     gconf->reset_extra);
    1994            1 :                     break;
    1995              :                 }
    1996              :         }
    1997              : 
    1998           24 :         set_guc_source(gconf, gconf->reset_source);
    1999           24 :         gconf->scontext = gconf->reset_scontext;
    2000           24 :         gconf->srole = gconf->reset_srole;
    2001              : 
    2002           24 :         if ((gconf->flags & GUC_REPORT) && !(gconf->status & GUC_NEEDS_REPORT))
    2003              :         {
    2004            3 :             gconf->status |= GUC_NEEDS_REPORT;
    2005            3 :             slist_push_head(&guc_report_list, &gconf->report_link);
    2006              :         }
    2007              :     }
    2008           11 : }
    2009              : 
    2010              : 
    2011              : /*
    2012              :  * Apply a change to a GUC variable's "source" field.
    2013              :  *
    2014              :  * Use this rather than just assigning, to ensure that the variable's
    2015              :  * membership in guc_nondef_list is updated correctly.
    2016              :  */
    2017              : static void
    2018      1000227 : set_guc_source(struct config_generic *gconf, GucSource newsource)
    2019              : {
    2020              :     /* Adjust nondef list membership if appropriate for change */
    2021      1000227 :     if (gconf->source == PGC_S_DEFAULT)
    2022              :     {
    2023       419326 :         if (newsource != PGC_S_DEFAULT)
    2024       418644 :             dlist_push_tail(&guc_nondef_list, &gconf->nondef_link);
    2025              :     }
    2026              :     else
    2027              :     {
    2028       580901 :         if (newsource == PGC_S_DEFAULT)
    2029       152872 :             dlist_delete(&gconf->nondef_link);
    2030              :     }
    2031              :     /* Now update the source field */
    2032      1000227 :     gconf->source = newsource;
    2033      1000227 : }
    2034              : 
    2035              : 
    2036              : /*
    2037              :  * push_old_value
    2038              :  *      Push previous state during transactional assignment to a GUC variable.
    2039              :  */
    2040              : static void
    2041       360306 : push_old_value(struct config_generic *gconf, GucAction action)
    2042              : {
    2043              :     GucStack   *stack;
    2044              : 
    2045              :     /* If we're not inside a nest level, do nothing */
    2046       360306 :     if (GUCNestLevel == 0)
    2047            0 :         return;
    2048              : 
    2049              :     /* Do we already have a stack entry of the current nest level? */
    2050       360306 :     stack = gconf->stack;
    2051       360306 :     if (stack && stack->nest_level >= GUCNestLevel)
    2052              :     {
    2053              :         /* Yes, so adjust its state if necessary */
    2054              :         Assert(stack->nest_level == GUCNestLevel);
    2055         7564 :         switch (action)
    2056              :         {
    2057         7395 :             case GUC_ACTION_SET:
    2058              :                 /* SET overrides any prior action at same nest level */
    2059         7395 :                 if (stack->state == GUC_SET_LOCAL)
    2060              :                 {
    2061              :                     /* must discard old masked value */
    2062            0 :                     discard_stack_value(gconf, &stack->masked);
    2063              :                 }
    2064         7395 :                 stack->state = GUC_SET;
    2065         7395 :                 break;
    2066          169 :             case GUC_ACTION_LOCAL:
    2067          169 :                 if (stack->state == GUC_SET)
    2068              :                 {
    2069              :                     /* SET followed by SET LOCAL, remember SET's value */
    2070            8 :                     stack->masked_scontext = gconf->scontext;
    2071            8 :                     stack->masked_srole = gconf->srole;
    2072            8 :                     set_stack_value(gconf, &stack->masked);
    2073            8 :                     stack->state = GUC_SET_LOCAL;
    2074              :                 }
    2075              :                 /* in all other cases, no change to stack entry */
    2076          169 :                 break;
    2077            0 :             case GUC_ACTION_SAVE:
    2078              :                 /* Could only have a prior SAVE of same variable */
    2079              :                 Assert(stack->state == GUC_SAVE);
    2080            0 :                 break;
    2081              :         }
    2082         7564 :         return;
    2083              :     }
    2084              : 
    2085              :     /*
    2086              :      * Push a new stack entry
    2087              :      *
    2088              :      * We keep all the stack entries in TopTransactionContext for simplicity.
    2089              :      */
    2090       352742 :     stack = (GucStack *) MemoryContextAllocZero(TopTransactionContext,
    2091              :                                                 sizeof(GucStack));
    2092              : 
    2093       352742 :     stack->prev = gconf->stack;
    2094       352742 :     stack->nest_level = GUCNestLevel;
    2095       352742 :     switch (action)
    2096              :     {
    2097        39412 :         case GUC_ACTION_SET:
    2098        39412 :             stack->state = GUC_SET;
    2099        39412 :             break;
    2100         5085 :         case GUC_ACTION_LOCAL:
    2101         5085 :             stack->state = GUC_LOCAL;
    2102         5085 :             break;
    2103       308245 :         case GUC_ACTION_SAVE:
    2104       308245 :             stack->state = GUC_SAVE;
    2105       308245 :             break;
    2106              :     }
    2107       352742 :     stack->source = gconf->source;
    2108       352742 :     stack->scontext = gconf->scontext;
    2109       352742 :     stack->srole = gconf->srole;
    2110       352742 :     set_stack_value(gconf, &stack->prior);
    2111              : 
    2112       352742 :     if (gconf->stack == NULL)
    2113       331887 :         slist_push_head(&guc_stack_list, &gconf->stack_link);
    2114       352742 :     gconf->stack = stack;
    2115              : }
    2116              : 
    2117              : 
    2118              : /*
    2119              :  * Do GUC processing at main transaction start.
    2120              :  */
    2121              : void
    2122       630756 : AtStart_GUC(void)
    2123              : {
    2124              :     /*
    2125              :      * The nest level should be 0 between transactions; if it isn't, somebody
    2126              :      * didn't call AtEOXact_GUC, or called it with the wrong nestLevel.  We
    2127              :      * throw a warning but make no other effort to clean up.
    2128              :      */
    2129       630756 :     if (GUCNestLevel != 0)
    2130            0 :         elog(WARNING, "GUC nest level = %d at transaction start",
    2131              :              GUCNestLevel);
    2132       630756 :     GUCNestLevel = 1;
    2133       630756 : }
    2134              : 
    2135              : /*
    2136              :  * Enter a new nesting level for GUC values.  This is called at subtransaction
    2137              :  * start, and when entering a function that has proconfig settings, and in
    2138              :  * some other places where we want to set GUC variables transiently.
    2139              :  * NOTE we must not risk error here, else subtransaction start will be unhappy.
    2140              :  */
    2141              : int
    2142       303586 : NewGUCNestLevel(void)
    2143              : {
    2144       303586 :     return ++GUCNestLevel;
    2145              : }
    2146              : 
    2147              : /*
    2148              :  * Set search_path to a fixed value for maintenance operations. No effect
    2149              :  * during bootstrap, when the search_path is already set to a fixed value and
    2150              :  * cannot be changed.
    2151              :  */
    2152              : void
    2153       236400 : RestrictSearchPath(void)
    2154              : {
    2155       236400 :     if (!IsBootstrapProcessingMode())
    2156       198609 :         set_config_option("search_path", GUC_SAFE_SEARCH_PATH, PGC_USERSET,
    2157              :                           PGC_S_SESSION, GUC_ACTION_SAVE, true, 0, false);
    2158       236400 : }
    2159              : 
    2160              : /*
    2161              :  * Do GUC processing at transaction or subtransaction commit or abort, or
    2162              :  * when exiting a function that has proconfig settings, or when undoing a
    2163              :  * transient assignment to some GUC variables.  (The name is thus a bit of
    2164              :  * a misnomer; perhaps it should be ExitGUCNestLevel or some such.)
    2165              :  * During abort, we discard all GUC settings that were applied at nesting
    2166              :  * levels >= nestLevel.  nestLevel == 1 corresponds to the main transaction.
    2167              :  */
    2168              : void
    2169       932468 : AtEOXact_GUC(bool isCommit, int nestLevel)
    2170              : {
    2171              :     slist_mutable_iter iter;
    2172              : 
    2173              :     /*
    2174              :      * Note: it's possible to get here with GUCNestLevel == nestLevel-1 during
    2175              :      * abort, if there is a failure during transaction start before
    2176              :      * AtStart_GUC is called.
    2177              :      */
    2178              :     Assert(nestLevel > 0 &&
    2179              :            (nestLevel <= GUCNestLevel ||
    2180              :             (nestLevel == GUCNestLevel + 1 && !isCommit)));
    2181              : 
    2182              :     /* We need only process GUCs having nonempty stacks */
    2183      1296824 :     slist_foreach_modify(iter, &guc_stack_list)
    2184              :     {
    2185       364356 :         struct config_generic *gconf = slist_container(struct config_generic,
    2186              :                                                        stack_link, iter.cur);
    2187              :         GucStack   *stack;
    2188              : 
    2189              :         /*
    2190              :          * Process and pop each stack entry within the nest level. To simplify
    2191              :          * fmgr_security_definer() and other places that use GUC_ACTION_SAVE,
    2192              :          * we allow failure exit from code that uses a local nest level to be
    2193              :          * recovered at the surrounding transaction or subtransaction abort;
    2194              :          * so there could be more than one stack entry to pop.
    2195              :          */
    2196       717120 :         while ((stack = gconf->stack) != NULL &&
    2197       385235 :                stack->nest_level >= nestLevel)
    2198              :         {
    2199       352764 :             GucStack   *prev = stack->prev;
    2200       352764 :             bool        restorePrior = false;
    2201       352764 :             bool        restoreMasked = false;
    2202              :             bool        changed;
    2203              : 
    2204              :             /*
    2205              :              * In this next bit, if we don't set either restorePrior or
    2206              :              * restoreMasked, we must "discard" any unwanted fields of the
    2207              :              * stack entries to avoid leaking memory.  If we do set one of
    2208              :              * those flags, unused fields will be cleaned up after restoring.
    2209              :              */
    2210       352764 :             if (!isCommit)      /* if abort, always restore prior value */
    2211       289829 :                 restorePrior = true;
    2212        62935 :             else if (stack->state == GUC_SAVE)
    2213        21061 :                 restorePrior = true;
    2214        41874 :             else if (stack->nest_level == 1)
    2215              :             {
    2216              :                 /* transaction commit */
    2217        41846 :                 if (stack->state == GUC_SET_LOCAL)
    2218            8 :                     restoreMasked = true;
    2219        41838 :                 else if (stack->state == GUC_SET)
    2220              :                 {
    2221              :                     /* we keep the current active value */
    2222        37957 :                     discard_stack_value(gconf, &stack->prior);
    2223              :                 }
    2224              :                 else            /* must be GUC_LOCAL */
    2225         3881 :                     restorePrior = true;
    2226              :             }
    2227           28 :             else if (prev == NULL ||
    2228            8 :                      prev->nest_level < stack->nest_level - 1)
    2229              :             {
    2230              :                 /* decrement entry's level and do not pop it */
    2231           24 :                 stack->nest_level--;
    2232           24 :                 continue;
    2233              :             }
    2234              :             else
    2235              :             {
    2236              :                 /*
    2237              :                  * We have to merge this stack entry into prev. See README for
    2238              :                  * discussion of this bit.
    2239              :                  */
    2240            4 :                 switch (stack->state)
    2241              :                 {
    2242            0 :                     case GUC_SAVE:
    2243              :                         Assert(false);  /* can't get here */
    2244            0 :                         break;
    2245              : 
    2246            4 :                     case GUC_SET:
    2247              :                         /* next level always becomes SET */
    2248            4 :                         discard_stack_value(gconf, &stack->prior);
    2249            4 :                         if (prev->state == GUC_SET_LOCAL)
    2250            0 :                             discard_stack_value(gconf, &prev->masked);
    2251            4 :                         prev->state = GUC_SET;
    2252            4 :                         break;
    2253              : 
    2254            0 :                     case GUC_LOCAL:
    2255            0 :                         if (prev->state == GUC_SET)
    2256              :                         {
    2257              :                             /* LOCAL migrates down */
    2258            0 :                             prev->masked_scontext = stack->scontext;
    2259            0 :                             prev->masked_srole = stack->srole;
    2260            0 :                             prev->masked = stack->prior;
    2261            0 :                             prev->state = GUC_SET_LOCAL;
    2262              :                         }
    2263              :                         else
    2264              :                         {
    2265              :                             /* else just forget this stack level */
    2266            0 :                             discard_stack_value(gconf, &stack->prior);
    2267              :                         }
    2268            0 :                         break;
    2269              : 
    2270            0 :                     case GUC_SET_LOCAL:
    2271              :                         /* prior state at this level no longer wanted */
    2272            0 :                         discard_stack_value(gconf, &stack->prior);
    2273              :                         /* copy down the masked state */
    2274            0 :                         prev->masked_scontext = stack->masked_scontext;
    2275            0 :                         prev->masked_srole = stack->masked_srole;
    2276            0 :                         if (prev->state == GUC_SET_LOCAL)
    2277            0 :                             discard_stack_value(gconf, &prev->masked);
    2278            0 :                         prev->masked = stack->masked;
    2279            0 :                         prev->state = GUC_SET_LOCAL;
    2280            0 :                         break;
    2281              :                 }
    2282              :             }
    2283              : 
    2284       352740 :             changed = false;
    2285              : 
    2286       352740 :             if (restorePrior || restoreMasked)
    2287              :             {
    2288              :                 /* Perform appropriate restoration of the stacked value */
    2289              :                 config_var_value newvalue;
    2290              :                 GucSource   newsource;
    2291              :                 GucContext  newscontext;
    2292              :                 Oid         newsrole;
    2293              : 
    2294       314779 :                 if (restoreMasked)
    2295              :                 {
    2296            8 :                     newvalue = stack->masked;
    2297            8 :                     newsource = PGC_S_SESSION;
    2298            8 :                     newscontext = stack->masked_scontext;
    2299            8 :                     newsrole = stack->masked_srole;
    2300              :                 }
    2301              :                 else
    2302              :                 {
    2303       314771 :                     newvalue = stack->prior;
    2304       314771 :                     newsource = stack->source;
    2305       314771 :                     newscontext = stack->scontext;
    2306       314771 :                     newsrole = stack->srole;
    2307              :                 }
    2308              : 
    2309       314779 :                 switch (gconf->vartype)
    2310              :                 {
    2311        46102 :                     case PGC_BOOL:
    2312              :                         {
    2313        46102 :                             struct config_bool *conf = &gconf->_bool;
    2314        46102 :                             bool        newval = newvalue.val.boolval;
    2315        46102 :                             void       *newextra = newvalue.extra;
    2316              : 
    2317        46102 :                             if (*conf->variable != newval ||
    2318          315 :                                 gconf->extra != newextra)
    2319              :                             {
    2320        45787 :                                 if (conf->assign_hook)
    2321            0 :                                     conf->assign_hook(newval, newextra);
    2322        45787 :                                 *conf->variable = newval;
    2323        45787 :                                 set_extra_field(gconf, &gconf->extra,
    2324              :                                                 newextra);
    2325        45787 :                                 changed = true;
    2326              :                             }
    2327        46102 :                             break;
    2328              :                         }
    2329         5467 :                     case PGC_INT:
    2330              :                         {
    2331         5467 :                             struct config_int *conf = &gconf->_int;
    2332         5467 :                             int         newval = newvalue.val.intval;
    2333         5467 :                             void       *newextra = newvalue.extra;
    2334              : 
    2335         5467 :                             if (*conf->variable != newval ||
    2336          131 :                                 gconf->extra != newextra)
    2337              :                             {
    2338         5336 :                                 if (conf->assign_hook)
    2339            0 :                                     conf->assign_hook(newval, newextra);
    2340         5336 :                                 *conf->variable = newval;
    2341         5336 :                                 set_extra_field(gconf, &gconf->extra,
    2342              :                                                 newextra);
    2343         5336 :                                 changed = true;
    2344              :                             }
    2345         5467 :                             break;
    2346              :                         }
    2347         1094 :                     case PGC_REAL:
    2348              :                         {
    2349         1094 :                             struct config_real *conf = &gconf->_real;
    2350         1094 :                             double      newval = newvalue.val.realval;
    2351         1094 :                             void       *newextra = newvalue.extra;
    2352              : 
    2353         1094 :                             if (*conf->variable != newval ||
    2354           16 :                                 gconf->extra != newextra)
    2355              :                             {
    2356         1078 :                                 if (conf->assign_hook)
    2357            0 :                                     conf->assign_hook(newval, newextra);
    2358         1078 :                                 *conf->variable = newval;
    2359         1078 :                                 set_extra_field(gconf, &gconf->extra,
    2360              :                                                 newextra);
    2361         1078 :                                 changed = true;
    2362              :                             }
    2363         1094 :                             break;
    2364              :                         }
    2365       209250 :                     case PGC_STRING:
    2366              :                         {
    2367       209250 :                             struct config_string *conf = &gconf->_string;
    2368       209250 :                             char       *newval = newvalue.val.stringval;
    2369       209250 :                             void       *newextra = newvalue.extra;
    2370              : 
    2371       209250 :                             if (*conf->variable != newval ||
    2372           13 :                                 gconf->extra != newextra)
    2373              :                             {
    2374       209237 :                                 if (conf->assign_hook)
    2375       208862 :                                     conf->assign_hook(newval, newextra);
    2376       209237 :                                 set_string_field(gconf, conf->variable, newval);
    2377       209237 :                                 set_extra_field(gconf, &gconf->extra,
    2378              :                                                 newextra);
    2379       209237 :                                 changed = true;
    2380              :                             }
    2381              : 
    2382              :                             /*
    2383              :                              * Release stacked values if not used anymore. We
    2384              :                              * could use discard_stack_value() here, but since
    2385              :                              * we have type-specific code anyway, might as
    2386              :                              * well inline it.
    2387              :                              */
    2388       209250 :                             set_string_field(gconf, &stack->prior.val.stringval, NULL);
    2389       209250 :                             set_string_field(gconf, &stack->masked.val.stringval, NULL);
    2390       209250 :                             break;
    2391              :                         }
    2392        52866 :                     case PGC_ENUM:
    2393              :                         {
    2394        52866 :                             struct config_enum *conf = &gconf->_enum;
    2395        52866 :                             int         newval = newvalue.val.enumval;
    2396        52866 :                             void       *newextra = newvalue.extra;
    2397              : 
    2398        52866 :                             if (*conf->variable != newval ||
    2399          779 :                                 gconf->extra != newextra)
    2400              :                             {
    2401        52087 :                                 if (conf->assign_hook)
    2402           20 :                                     conf->assign_hook(newval, newextra);
    2403        52087 :                                 *conf->variable = newval;
    2404        52087 :                                 set_extra_field(gconf, &gconf->extra,
    2405              :                                                 newextra);
    2406        52087 :                                 changed = true;
    2407              :                             }
    2408        52866 :                             break;
    2409              :                         }
    2410              :                 }
    2411              : 
    2412              :                 /*
    2413              :                  * Release stacked extra values if not used anymore.
    2414              :                  */
    2415       314779 :                 set_extra_field(gconf, &(stack->prior.extra), NULL);
    2416       314779 :                 set_extra_field(gconf, &(stack->masked.extra), NULL);
    2417              : 
    2418              :                 /* And restore source information */
    2419       314779 :                 set_guc_source(gconf, newsource);
    2420       314779 :                 gconf->scontext = newscontext;
    2421       314779 :                 gconf->srole = newsrole;
    2422              :             }
    2423              : 
    2424              :             /*
    2425              :              * Pop the GUC's state stack; if it's now empty, remove the GUC
    2426              :              * from guc_stack_list.
    2427              :              */
    2428       352740 :             gconf->stack = prev;
    2429       352740 :             if (prev == NULL)
    2430       331885 :                 slist_delete_current(&iter);
    2431       352740 :             pfree(stack);
    2432              : 
    2433              :             /* Report new value if we changed it */
    2434       352740 :             if (changed && (gconf->flags & GUC_REPORT) &&
    2435       212961 :                 !(gconf->status & GUC_NEEDS_REPORT))
    2436              :             {
    2437          212 :                 gconf->status |= GUC_NEEDS_REPORT;
    2438          212 :                 slist_push_head(&guc_report_list, &gconf->report_link);
    2439              :             }
    2440              :         }                       /* end of stack-popping loop */
    2441              :     }
    2442              : 
    2443              :     /* Update nesting level */
    2444       932468 :     GUCNestLevel = nestLevel - 1;
    2445       932468 : }
    2446              : 
    2447              : 
    2448              : /*
    2449              :  * Start up automatic reporting of changes to variables marked GUC_REPORT.
    2450              :  * This is executed at completion of backend startup.
    2451              :  */
    2452              : void
    2453        14604 : BeginReportingGUCOptions(void)
    2454              : {
    2455              :     HASH_SEQ_STATUS status;
    2456              :     GUCHashEntry *hentry;
    2457              : 
    2458              :     /*
    2459              :      * Don't do anything unless talking to an interactive frontend.
    2460              :      */
    2461        14604 :     if (whereToSendOutput != DestRemote)
    2462           74 :         return;
    2463              : 
    2464        14530 :     reporting_enabled = true;
    2465              : 
    2466              :     /*
    2467              :      * Hack for in_hot_standby: set the GUC value true if appropriate.  This
    2468              :      * is kind of an ugly place to do it, but there's few better options.
    2469              :      *
    2470              :      * (This could be out of date by the time we actually send it, in which
    2471              :      * case the next ReportChangedGUCOptions call will send a duplicate
    2472              :      * report.)
    2473              :      */
    2474        14530 :     if (RecoveryInProgress())
    2475          816 :         SetConfigOption("in_hot_standby", "true",
    2476              :                         PGC_INTERNAL, PGC_S_OVERRIDE);
    2477              : 
    2478              :     /* Transmit initial values of interesting variables */
    2479        14530 :     hash_seq_init(&status, guc_hashtab);
    2480      6164288 :     while ((hentry = (GUCHashEntry *) hash_seq_search(&status)) != NULL)
    2481              :     {
    2482      6135228 :         struct config_generic *conf = hentry->gucvar;
    2483              : 
    2484      6135228 :         if (conf->flags & GUC_REPORT)
    2485       217950 :             ReportGUCOption(conf);
    2486              :     }
    2487              : }
    2488              : 
    2489              : /*
    2490              :  * ReportChangedGUCOptions: report recently-changed GUC_REPORT variables
    2491              :  *
    2492              :  * This is called just before we wait for a new client query.
    2493              :  *
    2494              :  * By handling things this way, we ensure that a ParameterStatus message
    2495              :  * is sent at most once per variable per query, even if the variable
    2496              :  * changed multiple times within the query.  That's quite possible when
    2497              :  * using features such as function SET clauses.  Function SET clauses
    2498              :  * also tend to cause values to change intraquery but eventually revert
    2499              :  * to their prevailing values; ReportGUCOption is responsible for avoiding
    2500              :  * redundant reports in such cases.
    2501              :  */
    2502              : void
    2503       461560 : ReportChangedGUCOptions(void)
    2504              : {
    2505              :     slist_mutable_iter iter;
    2506              : 
    2507              :     /* Quick exit if not (yet) enabled */
    2508       461560 :     if (!reporting_enabled)
    2509        36441 :         return;
    2510              : 
    2511              :     /*
    2512              :      * Since in_hot_standby isn't actually changed by normal GUC actions, we
    2513              :      * need a hack to check whether a new value needs to be reported to the
    2514              :      * client.  For speed, we rely on the assumption that it can never
    2515              :      * transition from false to true.
    2516              :      */
    2517       425119 :     if (in_hot_standby_guc && !RecoveryInProgress())
    2518            7 :         SetConfigOption("in_hot_standby", "false",
    2519              :                         PGC_INTERNAL, PGC_S_OVERRIDE);
    2520              : 
    2521              :     /* Transmit new values of interesting variables */
    2522       573624 :     slist_foreach_modify(iter, &guc_report_list)
    2523              :     {
    2524       148505 :         struct config_generic *conf = slist_container(struct config_generic,
    2525              :                                                       report_link, iter.cur);
    2526              : 
    2527              :         Assert((conf->flags & GUC_REPORT) && (conf->status & GUC_NEEDS_REPORT));
    2528       148505 :         ReportGUCOption(conf);
    2529       148505 :         conf->status &= ~GUC_NEEDS_REPORT;
    2530       148505 :         slist_delete_current(&iter);
    2531              :     }
    2532              : }
    2533              : 
    2534              : /*
    2535              :  * ReportGUCOption: if appropriate, transmit option value to frontend
    2536              :  *
    2537              :  * We need not transmit the value if it's the same as what we last
    2538              :  * transmitted.
    2539              :  */
    2540              : static void
    2541       366455 : ReportGUCOption(struct config_generic *record)
    2542              : {
    2543       366455 :     char       *val = ShowGUCOption(record, false);
    2544              : 
    2545       366455 :     if (record->last_reported == NULL ||
    2546       148505 :         strcmp(val, record->last_reported) != 0)
    2547              :     {
    2548              :         StringInfoData msgbuf;
    2549              : 
    2550       227529 :         pq_beginmessage(&msgbuf, PqMsg_ParameterStatus);
    2551       227529 :         pq_sendstring(&msgbuf, record->name);
    2552       227529 :         pq_sendstring(&msgbuf, val);
    2553       227529 :         pq_endmessage(&msgbuf);
    2554              : 
    2555              :         /*
    2556              :          * We need a long-lifespan copy.  If guc_strdup() fails due to OOM,
    2557              :          * we'll set last_reported to NULL and thereby possibly make a
    2558              :          * duplicate report later.
    2559              :          */
    2560       227529 :         guc_free(record->last_reported);
    2561       227529 :         record->last_reported = guc_strdup(LOG, val);
    2562              :     }
    2563              : 
    2564       366455 :     pfree(val);
    2565       366455 : }
    2566              : 
    2567              : /*
    2568              :  * Convert a value from one of the human-friendly units ("kB", "min" etc.)
    2569              :  * to the given base unit.  'value' and 'unit' are the input value and unit
    2570              :  * to convert from (there can be trailing spaces in the unit string).
    2571              :  * The converted value is stored in *base_value.
    2572              :  * It's caller's responsibility to round off the converted value as necessary
    2573              :  * and check for out-of-range.
    2574              :  *
    2575              :  * Returns true on success, false if the input unit is not recognized.
    2576              :  */
    2577              : static bool
    2578         9114 : convert_to_base_unit(double value, const char *unit,
    2579              :                      int base_unit, double *base_value)
    2580              : {
    2581              :     char        unitstr[MAX_UNIT_LEN + 1];
    2582              :     int         unitlen;
    2583              :     const unit_conversion *table;
    2584              : 
    2585              :     /* extract unit string to compare to table entries */
    2586         9114 :     unitlen = 0;
    2587        26950 :     while (*unit != '\0' && !isspace((unsigned char) *unit) &&
    2588              :            unitlen < MAX_UNIT_LEN)
    2589        17836 :         unitstr[unitlen++] = *(unit++);
    2590         9114 :     unitstr[unitlen] = '\0';
    2591              :     /* allow whitespace after unit */
    2592         9114 :     while (isspace((unsigned char) *unit))
    2593            0 :         unit++;
    2594         9114 :     if (*unit != '\0')
    2595            0 :         return false;           /* unit too long, or garbage after it */
    2596              : 
    2597              :     /* now search the appropriate table */
    2598         9114 :     if (base_unit & GUC_UNIT_MEMORY)
    2599         6754 :         table = memory_unit_conversion_table;
    2600              :     else
    2601         2360 :         table = time_unit_conversion_table;
    2602              : 
    2603       106802 :     for (int i = 0; *table[i].unit; i++)
    2604              :     {
    2605       106802 :         if (base_unit == table[i].base_unit &&
    2606        30563 :             strcmp(unitstr, table[i].unit) == 0)
    2607              :         {
    2608         9114 :             double      cvalue = value * table[i].multiplier;
    2609              : 
    2610              :             /*
    2611              :              * If the user gave a fractional value such as "30.1GB", round it
    2612              :              * off to the nearest multiple of the next smaller unit, if there
    2613              :              * is one.
    2614              :              */
    2615         9114 :             if (*table[i + 1].unit &&
    2616         9114 :                 base_unit == table[i + 1].base_unit)
    2617         9110 :                 cvalue = rint(cvalue / table[i + 1].multiplier) *
    2618         9110 :                     table[i + 1].multiplier;
    2619              : 
    2620         9114 :             *base_value = cvalue;
    2621         9114 :             return true;
    2622              :         }
    2623              :     }
    2624            0 :     return false;
    2625              : }
    2626              : 
    2627              : /*
    2628              :  * Convert an integer value in some base unit to a human-friendly unit.
    2629              :  *
    2630              :  * The output unit is chosen so that it's the greatest unit that can represent
    2631              :  * the value without loss.  For example, if the base unit is GUC_UNIT_KB, 1024
    2632              :  * is converted to 1 MB, but 1025 is represented as 1025 kB.
    2633              :  */
    2634              : static void
    2635          423 : convert_int_from_base_unit(int64 base_value, int base_unit,
    2636              :                            int64 *value, const char **unit)
    2637              : {
    2638              :     const unit_conversion *table;
    2639              : 
    2640          423 :     *unit = NULL;
    2641              : 
    2642          423 :     if (base_unit & GUC_UNIT_MEMORY)
    2643          361 :         table = memory_unit_conversion_table;
    2644              :     else
    2645           62 :         table = time_unit_conversion_table;
    2646              : 
    2647         2860 :     for (int i = 0; *table[i].unit; i++)
    2648              :     {
    2649         2860 :         if (base_unit == table[i].base_unit)
    2650              :         {
    2651              :             /*
    2652              :              * Accept the first conversion that divides the value evenly.  We
    2653              :              * assume that the conversions for each base unit are ordered from
    2654              :              * greatest unit to the smallest!
    2655              :              */
    2656         1305 :             if (table[i].multiplier <= 1.0 ||
    2657         1241 :                 base_value % (int64) table[i].multiplier == 0)
    2658              :             {
    2659          423 :                 *value = (int64) rint(base_value / table[i].multiplier);
    2660          423 :                 *unit = table[i].unit;
    2661          423 :                 break;
    2662              :             }
    2663              :         }
    2664              :     }
    2665              : 
    2666              :     Assert(*unit != NULL);
    2667          423 : }
    2668              : 
    2669              : /*
    2670              :  * Convert a floating-point value in some base unit to a human-friendly unit.
    2671              :  *
    2672              :  * Same as above, except we have to do the math a bit differently, and
    2673              :  * there's a possibility that we don't find any exact divisor.
    2674              :  */
    2675              : static void
    2676          178 : convert_real_from_base_unit(double base_value, int base_unit,
    2677              :                             double *value, const char **unit)
    2678              : {
    2679              :     const unit_conversion *table;
    2680              : 
    2681          178 :     *unit = NULL;
    2682              : 
    2683          178 :     if (base_unit & GUC_UNIT_MEMORY)
    2684            0 :         table = memory_unit_conversion_table;
    2685              :     else
    2686          178 :         table = time_unit_conversion_table;
    2687              : 
    2688          906 :     for (int i = 0; *table[i].unit; i++)
    2689              :     {
    2690          906 :         if (base_unit == table[i].base_unit)
    2691              :         {
    2692              :             /*
    2693              :              * Accept the first conversion that divides the value evenly; or
    2694              :              * if there is none, use the smallest (last) target unit.
    2695              :              *
    2696              :              * What we actually care about here is whether snprintf with "%g"
    2697              :              * will print the value as an integer, so the obvious test of
    2698              :              * "*value == rint(*value)" is too strict; roundoff error might
    2699              :              * make us choose an unreasonably small unit.  As a compromise,
    2700              :              * accept a divisor that is within 1e-8 of producing an integer.
    2701              :              */
    2702          906 :             *value = base_value / table[i].multiplier;
    2703          906 :             *unit = table[i].unit;
    2704          906 :             if (*value > 0 &&
    2705          906 :                 fabs((rint(*value) / *value) - 1.0) <= 1e-8)
    2706          178 :                 break;
    2707              :         }
    2708              :     }
    2709              : 
    2710              :     Assert(*unit != NULL);
    2711          178 : }
    2712              : 
    2713              : /*
    2714              :  * Return the name of a GUC's base unit (e.g. "ms") given its flags.
    2715              :  * Return NULL if the GUC is unitless.
    2716              :  */
    2717              : const char *
    2718       818996 : get_config_unit_name(int flags)
    2719              : {
    2720       818996 :     switch (flags & GUC_UNIT)
    2721              :     {
    2722       661042 :         case 0:
    2723       661042 :             return NULL;        /* GUC has no units */
    2724         9750 :         case GUC_UNIT_BYTE:
    2725         9750 :             return "B";
    2726        23400 :         case GUC_UNIT_KB:
    2727        23400 :             return "kB";
    2728        11700 :         case GUC_UNIT_MB:
    2729        11700 :             return "MB";
    2730        35100 :         case GUC_UNIT_BLOCKS:
    2731              :             {
    2732              :                 static char bbuf[8];
    2733              : 
    2734              :                 /* initialize if first time through */
    2735        35100 :                 if (bbuf[0] == '\0')
    2736          396 :                     snprintf(bbuf, sizeof(bbuf), "%dkB", BLCKSZ / 1024);
    2737        35100 :                 return bbuf;
    2738              :             }
    2739         3900 :         case GUC_UNIT_XBLOCKS:
    2740              :             {
    2741              :                 static char xbuf[8];
    2742              : 
    2743              :                 /* initialize if first time through */
    2744         3900 :                 if (xbuf[0] == '\0')
    2745          396 :                     snprintf(xbuf, sizeof(xbuf), "%dkB", XLOG_BLCKSZ / 1024);
    2746         3900 :                 return xbuf;
    2747              :             }
    2748        46804 :         case GUC_UNIT_MS:
    2749        46804 :             return "ms";
    2750        23400 :         case GUC_UNIT_S:
    2751        23400 :             return "s";
    2752         3900 :         case GUC_UNIT_MIN:
    2753         3900 :             return "min";
    2754            0 :         default:
    2755            0 :             elog(ERROR, "unrecognized GUC units value: %d",
    2756              :                  flags & GUC_UNIT);
    2757              :             return NULL;
    2758              :     }
    2759              : }
    2760              : 
    2761              : 
    2762              : /*
    2763              :  * Try to parse value as an integer.  The accepted formats are the
    2764              :  * usual decimal, octal, or hexadecimal formats, as well as floating-point
    2765              :  * formats (which will be rounded to integer after any units conversion).
    2766              :  * Optionally, the value can be followed by a unit name if "flags" indicates
    2767              :  * a unit is allowed.
    2768              :  *
    2769              :  * If the string parses okay, return true, else false.
    2770              :  * If okay and result is not NULL, return the value in *result.
    2771              :  * If not okay and hintmsg is not NULL, *hintmsg is set to a suitable
    2772              :  * HINT message, or NULL if no hint provided.
    2773              :  */
    2774              : bool
    2775        71159 : parse_int(const char *value, int *result, int flags, const char **hintmsg)
    2776              : {
    2777              :     /*
    2778              :      * We assume here that double is wide enough to represent any integer
    2779              :      * value with adequate precision.
    2780              :      */
    2781              :     double      val;
    2782              :     char       *endptr;
    2783              : 
    2784              :     /* To suppress compiler warnings, always set output params */
    2785        71159 :     if (result)
    2786        71159 :         *result = 0;
    2787        71159 :     if (hintmsg)
    2788        64669 :         *hintmsg = NULL;
    2789              : 
    2790              :     /*
    2791              :      * Try to parse as an integer (allowing octal or hex input).  If the
    2792              :      * conversion stops at a decimal point or 'e', or overflows, re-parse as
    2793              :      * float.  This should work fine as long as we have no unit names starting
    2794              :      * with 'e'.  If we ever do, the test could be extended to check for a
    2795              :      * sign or digit after 'e', but for now that's unnecessary.
    2796              :      */
    2797        71159 :     errno = 0;
    2798        71159 :     val = strtol(value, &endptr, 0);
    2799        71159 :     if (*endptr == '.' || *endptr == 'e' || *endptr == 'E' ||
    2800        71152 :         errno == ERANGE)
    2801              :     {
    2802            7 :         errno = 0;
    2803            7 :         val = strtod(value, &endptr);
    2804              :     }
    2805              : 
    2806        71159 :     if (endptr == value || errno == ERANGE)
    2807           22 :         return false;           /* no HINT for these cases */
    2808              : 
    2809              :     /* reject NaN (infinities will fail range check below) */
    2810        71137 :     if (isnan(val))
    2811            0 :         return false;           /* treat same as syntax error; no HINT */
    2812              : 
    2813              :     /* allow whitespace between number and unit */
    2814        71162 :     while (isspace((unsigned char) *endptr))
    2815           25 :         endptr++;
    2816              : 
    2817              :     /* Handle possible unit */
    2818        71137 :     if (*endptr != '\0')
    2819              :     {
    2820         8909 :         if ((flags & GUC_UNIT) == 0)
    2821            6 :             return false;       /* this setting does not accept a unit */
    2822              : 
    2823         8903 :         if (!convert_to_base_unit(val,
    2824              :                                   endptr, (flags & GUC_UNIT),
    2825              :                                   &val))
    2826              :         {
    2827              :             /* invalid unit, or garbage after the unit; set hint and fail. */
    2828            0 :             if (hintmsg)
    2829              :             {
    2830            0 :                 if (flags & GUC_UNIT_MEMORY)
    2831            0 :                     *hintmsg = memory_units_hint;
    2832              :                 else
    2833            0 :                     *hintmsg = time_units_hint;
    2834              :             }
    2835            0 :             return false;
    2836              :         }
    2837              :     }
    2838              : 
    2839              :     /* Round to int, then check for overflow */
    2840        71131 :     val = rint(val);
    2841              : 
    2842        71131 :     if (val > INT_MAX || val < INT_MIN)
    2843              :     {
    2844            4 :         if (hintmsg)
    2845            4 :             *hintmsg = gettext_noop("Value exceeds integer range.");
    2846            4 :         return false;
    2847              :     }
    2848              : 
    2849        71127 :     if (result)
    2850        71127 :         *result = (int) val;
    2851        71127 :     return true;
    2852              : }
    2853              : 
    2854              : /*
    2855              :  * Try to parse value as a floating point number in the usual format.
    2856              :  * Optionally, the value can be followed by a unit name if "flags" indicates
    2857              :  * a unit is allowed.
    2858              :  *
    2859              :  * If the string parses okay, return true, else false.
    2860              :  * If okay and result is not NULL, return the value in *result.
    2861              :  * If not okay and hintmsg is not NULL, *hintmsg is set to a suitable
    2862              :  * HINT message, or NULL if no hint provided.
    2863              :  */
    2864              : bool
    2865         6249 : parse_real(const char *value, double *result, int flags, const char **hintmsg)
    2866              : {
    2867              :     double      val;
    2868              :     char       *endptr;
    2869              : 
    2870              :     /* To suppress compiler warnings, always set output params */
    2871         6249 :     if (result)
    2872         6249 :         *result = 0;
    2873         6249 :     if (hintmsg)
    2874         5915 :         *hintmsg = NULL;
    2875              : 
    2876         6249 :     errno = 0;
    2877         6249 :     val = strtod(value, &endptr);
    2878              : 
    2879         6249 :     if (endptr == value || errno == ERANGE)
    2880           11 :         return false;           /* no HINT for these cases */
    2881              : 
    2882              :     /* reject NaN (infinities will fail range checks later) */
    2883         6238 :     if (isnan(val))
    2884            4 :         return false;           /* treat same as syntax error; no HINT */
    2885              : 
    2886              :     /* allow whitespace between number and unit */
    2887         6234 :     while (isspace((unsigned char) *endptr))
    2888            0 :         endptr++;
    2889              : 
    2890              :     /* Handle possible unit */
    2891         6234 :     if (*endptr != '\0')
    2892              :     {
    2893          213 :         if ((flags & GUC_UNIT) == 0)
    2894            2 :             return false;       /* this setting does not accept a unit */
    2895              : 
    2896          211 :         if (!convert_to_base_unit(val,
    2897              :                                   endptr, (flags & GUC_UNIT),
    2898              :                                   &val))
    2899              :         {
    2900              :             /* invalid unit, or garbage after the unit; set hint and fail. */
    2901            0 :             if (hintmsg)
    2902              :             {
    2903            0 :                 if (flags & GUC_UNIT_MEMORY)
    2904            0 :                     *hintmsg = memory_units_hint;
    2905              :                 else
    2906            0 :                     *hintmsg = time_units_hint;
    2907              :             }
    2908            0 :             return false;
    2909              :         }
    2910              :     }
    2911              : 
    2912         6232 :     if (result)
    2913         6232 :         *result = val;
    2914         6232 :     return true;
    2915              : }
    2916              : 
    2917              : 
    2918              : /*
    2919              :  * Lookup the name for an enum option with the selected value.
    2920              :  * Should only ever be called with known-valid values, so throws
    2921              :  * an elog(ERROR) if the enum option is not found.
    2922              :  *
    2923              :  * The returned string is a pointer to static data and not
    2924              :  * allocated for modification.
    2925              :  */
    2926              : const char *
    2927       274113 : config_enum_lookup_by_value(const struct config_generic *record, int val)
    2928              : {
    2929       628721 :     for (const struct config_enum_entry *entry = record->_enum.options; entry && entry->name; entry++)
    2930              :     {
    2931       628721 :         if (entry->val == val)
    2932       274113 :             return entry->name;
    2933              :     }
    2934              : 
    2935            0 :     elog(ERROR, "could not find enum option %d for %s",
    2936              :          val, record->name);
    2937              :     return NULL;                /* silence compiler */
    2938              : }
    2939              : 
    2940              : 
    2941              : /*
    2942              :  * Lookup the value for an enum option with the selected name
    2943              :  * (case-insensitive).
    2944              :  * If the enum option is found, sets the retval value and returns
    2945              :  * true. If it's not found, return false and retval is set to 0.
    2946              :  */
    2947              : bool
    2948        86080 : config_enum_lookup_by_name(const struct config_enum *record, const char *value,
    2949              :                            int *retval)
    2950              : {
    2951       577151 :     for (const struct config_enum_entry *entry = record->options; entry && entry->name; entry++)
    2952              :     {
    2953       577124 :         if (pg_strcasecmp(value, entry->name) == 0)
    2954              :         {
    2955        86053 :             *retval = entry->val;
    2956        86053 :             return true;
    2957              :         }
    2958              :     }
    2959              : 
    2960           27 :     *retval = 0;
    2961           27 :     return false;
    2962              : }
    2963              : 
    2964              : 
    2965              : /*
    2966              :  * Return a palloc'd string listing all the available options for an enum GUC
    2967              :  * (excluding hidden ones), separated by the given separator.
    2968              :  * If prefix is non-NULL, it is added before the first enum value.
    2969              :  * If suffix is non-NULL, it is added to the end of the string.
    2970              :  */
    2971              : char *
    2972        83495 : config_enum_get_options(const struct config_enum *record, const char *prefix,
    2973              :                         const char *suffix, const char *separator)
    2974              : {
    2975              :     StringInfoData retstr;
    2976              :     int         seplen;
    2977              : 
    2978        83495 :     initStringInfo(&retstr);
    2979        83495 :     appendStringInfoString(&retstr, prefix);
    2980              : 
    2981        83495 :     seplen = strlen(separator);
    2982       513379 :     for (const struct config_enum_entry *entry = record->options; entry && entry->name; entry++)
    2983              :     {
    2984       429884 :         if (!entry->hidden)
    2985              :         {
    2986       299210 :             appendStringInfoString(&retstr, entry->name);
    2987       299210 :             appendBinaryStringInfo(&retstr, separator, seplen);
    2988              :         }
    2989              :     }
    2990              : 
    2991              :     /*
    2992              :      * All the entries may have been hidden, leaving the string empty if no
    2993              :      * prefix was given. This indicates a broken GUC setup, since there is no
    2994              :      * use for an enum without any values, so we just check to make sure we
    2995              :      * don't write to invalid memory instead of actually trying to do
    2996              :      * something smart with it.
    2997              :      */
    2998        83495 :     if (retstr.len >= seplen)
    2999              :     {
    3000              :         /* Replace final separator */
    3001        81545 :         retstr.data[retstr.len - seplen] = '\0';
    3002        81545 :         retstr.len -= seplen;
    3003              :     }
    3004              : 
    3005        83495 :     appendStringInfoString(&retstr, suffix);
    3006              : 
    3007        83495 :     return retstr.data;
    3008              : }
    3009              : 
    3010              : /*
    3011              :  * Parse and validate a proposed value for the specified configuration
    3012              :  * parameter.
    3013              :  *
    3014              :  * This does built-in checks (such as range limits for an integer parameter)
    3015              :  * and also calls any check hook the parameter may have.
    3016              :  *
    3017              :  * record: GUC variable's info record
    3018              :  * value: proposed value, as a string
    3019              :  * source: identifies source of value (check hooks may need this)
    3020              :  * elevel: level to log any error reports at
    3021              :  * newval: on success, converted parameter value is returned here
    3022              :  * newextra: on success, receives any "extra" data returned by check hook
    3023              :  *  (caller must initialize *newextra to NULL)
    3024              :  *
    3025              :  * Returns true if OK, false if not (or throws error, if elevel >= ERROR)
    3026              :  */
    3027              : static bool
    3028       693330 : parse_and_validate_value(const struct config_generic *record,
    3029              :                          const char *value,
    3030              :                          GucSource source, int elevel,
    3031              :                          union config_var_val *newval, void **newextra)
    3032              : {
    3033       693330 :     switch (record->vartype)
    3034              :     {
    3035       138808 :         case PGC_BOOL:
    3036              :             {
    3037       138808 :                 if (!parse_bool(value, &newval->boolval))
    3038              :                 {
    3039            0 :                     ereport(elevel,
    3040              :                             (errcode(ERRCODE_INVALID_PARAMETER_VALUE),
    3041              :                              errmsg("parameter \"%s\" requires a Boolean value",
    3042              :                                     record->name)));
    3043            0 :                     return false;
    3044              :                 }
    3045              : 
    3046       138808 :                 if (!call_bool_check_hook(record, &newval->boolval, newextra,
    3047              :                                           source, elevel))
    3048            0 :                     return false;
    3049              :             }
    3050       138788 :             break;
    3051        64633 :         case PGC_INT:
    3052              :             {
    3053        64633 :                 const struct config_int *conf = &record->_int;
    3054              :                 const char *hintmsg;
    3055              : 
    3056        64633 :                 if (!parse_int(value, &newval->intval,
    3057        64633 :                                record->flags, &hintmsg))
    3058              :                 {
    3059            4 :                     ereport(elevel,
    3060              :                             (errcode(ERRCODE_INVALID_PARAMETER_VALUE),
    3061              :                              errmsg("invalid value for parameter \"%s\": \"%s\"",
    3062              :                                     record->name, value),
    3063              :                              hintmsg ? errhint("%s", _(hintmsg)) : 0));
    3064            0 :                     return false;
    3065              :                 }
    3066              : 
    3067        64629 :                 if (newval->intval < conf->min || newval->intval > conf->max)
    3068              :                 {
    3069            2 :                     const char *unit = get_config_unit_name(record->flags);
    3070              :                     const char *unitspace;
    3071              : 
    3072            2 :                     if (unit)
    3073            0 :                         unitspace = " ";
    3074              :                     else
    3075            2 :                         unit = unitspace = "";
    3076              : 
    3077            2 :                     ereport(elevel,
    3078              :                             (errcode(ERRCODE_INVALID_PARAMETER_VALUE),
    3079              :                              errmsg("%d%s%s is outside the valid range for parameter \"%s\" (%d%s%s .. %d%s%s)",
    3080              :                                     newval->intval, unitspace, unit,
    3081              :                                     record->name,
    3082              :                                     conf->min, unitspace, unit,
    3083              :                                     conf->max, unitspace, unit)));
    3084            0 :                     return false;
    3085              :                 }
    3086              : 
    3087        64627 :                 if (!call_int_check_hook(record, &newval->intval, newextra,
    3088              :                                          source, elevel))
    3089            0 :                     return false;
    3090              :             }
    3091        64627 :             break;
    3092         5709 :         case PGC_REAL:
    3093              :             {
    3094         5709 :                 const struct config_real *conf = &record->_real;
    3095              :                 const char *hintmsg;
    3096              : 
    3097         5709 :                 if (!parse_real(value, &newval->realval,
    3098         5709 :                                 record->flags, &hintmsg))
    3099              :                 {
    3100            4 :                     ereport(elevel,
    3101              :                             (errcode(ERRCODE_INVALID_PARAMETER_VALUE),
    3102              :                              errmsg("invalid value for parameter \"%s\": \"%s\"",
    3103              :                                     record->name, value),
    3104              :                              hintmsg ? errhint("%s", _(hintmsg)) : 0));
    3105            0 :                     return false;
    3106              :                 }
    3107              : 
    3108         5705 :                 if (newval->realval < conf->min || newval->realval > conf->max)
    3109              :                 {
    3110            4 :                     const char *unit = get_config_unit_name(record->flags);
    3111              :                     const char *unitspace;
    3112              : 
    3113            4 :                     if (unit)
    3114            4 :                         unitspace = " ";
    3115              :                     else
    3116            0 :                         unit = unitspace = "";
    3117              : 
    3118            4 :                     ereport(elevel,
    3119              :                             (errcode(ERRCODE_INVALID_PARAMETER_VALUE),
    3120              :                              errmsg("%g%s%s is outside the valid range for parameter \"%s\" (%g%s%s .. %g%s%s)",
    3121              :                                     newval->realval, unitspace, unit,
    3122              :                                     record->name,
    3123              :                                     conf->min, unitspace, unit,
    3124              :                                     conf->max, unitspace, unit)));
    3125            0 :                     return false;
    3126              :                 }
    3127              : 
    3128         5701 :                 if (!call_real_check_hook(record, &newval->realval, newextra,
    3129              :                                           source, elevel))
    3130            0 :                     return false;
    3131              :             }
    3132         5701 :             break;
    3133       398100 :         case PGC_STRING:
    3134              :             {
    3135              :                 /*
    3136              :                  * The value passed by the caller could be transient, so we
    3137              :                  * always strdup it.
    3138              :                  */
    3139       398100 :                 newval->stringval = guc_strdup(elevel, value);
    3140       398100 :                 if (newval->stringval == NULL)
    3141            0 :                     return false;
    3142              : 
    3143              :                 /*
    3144              :                  * The only built-in "parsing" check we have is to apply
    3145              :                  * truncation if GUC_IS_NAME.
    3146              :                  */
    3147       398100 :                 if (record->flags & GUC_IS_NAME)
    3148        97973 :                     truncate_identifier(newval->stringval,
    3149        97973 :                                         strlen(newval->stringval),
    3150              :                                         true);
    3151              : 
    3152       398100 :                 if (!call_string_check_hook(record, &newval->stringval, newextra,
    3153              :                                             source, elevel))
    3154              :                 {
    3155            0 :                     guc_free(newval->stringval);
    3156            0 :                     newval->stringval = NULL;
    3157            0 :                     return false;
    3158              :                 }
    3159              :             }
    3160       397996 :             break;
    3161        86080 :         case PGC_ENUM:
    3162              :             {
    3163        86080 :                 const struct config_enum *conf = &record->_enum;
    3164              : 
    3165        86080 :                 if (!config_enum_lookup_by_name(conf, value, &newval->enumval))
    3166              :                 {
    3167              :                     char       *hintmsg;
    3168              : 
    3169           27 :                     hintmsg = config_enum_get_options(conf,
    3170           27 :                                                       _("Available values: "),
    3171              : 
    3172              :                     /*
    3173              :                      * translator: This is the terminator of a list of entity
    3174              :                      * names.
    3175              :                      */
    3176           27 :                                                       _("."),
    3177              : 
    3178              :                     /*
    3179              :                      * translator: This is a separator in a list of entity
    3180              :                      * names.
    3181              :                      */
    3182           27 :                                                       _(", "));
    3183              : 
    3184           27 :                     ereport(elevel,
    3185              :                             (errcode(ERRCODE_INVALID_PARAMETER_VALUE),
    3186              :                              errmsg("invalid value for parameter \"%s\": \"%s\"",
    3187              :                                     record->name, value),
    3188              :                              hintmsg ? errhint("%s", hintmsg) : 0));
    3189              : 
    3190            0 :                     if (hintmsg)
    3191            0 :                         pfree(hintmsg);
    3192            0 :                     return false;
    3193              :                 }
    3194              : 
    3195        86053 :                 if (!call_enum_check_hook(record, &newval->enumval, newextra,
    3196              :                                           source, elevel))
    3197            0 :                     return false;
    3198              :             }
    3199        86052 :             break;
    3200              :     }
    3201              : 
    3202       693164 :     return true;
    3203              : }
    3204              : 
    3205              : 
    3206              : /*
    3207              :  * set_config_option: sets option `name' to given value.
    3208              :  *
    3209              :  * The value should be a string, which will be parsed and converted to
    3210              :  * the appropriate data type.  The context and source parameters indicate
    3211              :  * in which context this function is being called, so that it can apply the
    3212              :  * access restrictions properly.
    3213              :  *
    3214              :  * If value is NULL, set the option to its default value (normally the
    3215              :  * reset_val, but if source == PGC_S_DEFAULT we instead use the boot_val).
    3216              :  *
    3217              :  * action indicates whether to set the value globally in the session, locally
    3218              :  * to the current top transaction, or just for the duration of a function call.
    3219              :  *
    3220              :  * If changeVal is false then don't really set the option but do all
    3221              :  * the checks to see if it would work.
    3222              :  *
    3223              :  * elevel should normally be passed as zero, allowing this function to make
    3224              :  * its standard choice of ereport level.  However some callers need to be
    3225              :  * able to override that choice; they should pass the ereport level to use.
    3226              :  *
    3227              :  * is_reload should be true only when called from read_nondefault_variables()
    3228              :  * or RestoreGUCState(), where we are trying to load some other process's
    3229              :  * GUC settings into a new process.
    3230              :  *
    3231              :  * Return value:
    3232              :  *  +1: the value is valid and was successfully applied.
    3233              :  *  0:  the name or value is invalid, or it's invalid to try to set
    3234              :  *      this GUC now; but elevel was less than ERROR (see below).
    3235              :  *  -1: no error detected, but the value was not applied, either
    3236              :  *      because changeVal is false or there is some overriding setting.
    3237              :  *
    3238              :  * If there is an error (non-existing option, invalid value, etc) then an
    3239              :  * ereport(ERROR) is thrown *unless* this is called for a source for which
    3240              :  * we don't want an ERROR (currently, those are defaults, the config file,
    3241              :  * and per-database or per-user settings, as well as callers who specify
    3242              :  * a less-than-ERROR elevel).  In those cases we write a suitable error
    3243              :  * message via ereport() and return 0.
    3244              :  *
    3245              :  * See also SetConfigOption for an external interface.
    3246              :  */
    3247              : int
    3248       608114 : set_config_option(const char *name, const char *value,
    3249              :                   GucContext context, GucSource source,
    3250              :                   GucAction action, bool changeVal, int elevel,
    3251              :                   bool is_reload)
    3252              : {
    3253              :     Oid         srole;
    3254              : 
    3255              :     /*
    3256              :      * Non-interactive sources should be treated as having all privileges,
    3257              :      * except for PGC_S_CLIENT.  Note in particular that this is true for
    3258              :      * pg_db_role_setting sources (PGC_S_GLOBAL etc): we assume a suitable
    3259              :      * privilege check was done when the pg_db_role_setting entry was made.
    3260              :      */
    3261       608114 :     if (source >= PGC_S_INTERACTIVE || source == PGC_S_CLIENT)
    3262       370753 :         srole = GetUserId();
    3263              :     else
    3264       237361 :         srole = BOOTSTRAP_SUPERUSERID;
    3265              : 
    3266       608114 :     return set_config_with_handle(name, NULL, value,
    3267              :                                   context, source, srole,
    3268              :                                   action, changeVal, elevel,
    3269              :                                   is_reload);
    3270              : }
    3271              : 
    3272              : /*
    3273              :  * set_config_option_ext: sets option `name' to given value.
    3274              :  *
    3275              :  * This API adds the ability to explicitly specify which role OID
    3276              :  * is considered to be setting the value.  Most external callers can use
    3277              :  * set_config_option() and let it determine that based on the GucSource,
    3278              :  * but there are a few that are supplying a value that was determined
    3279              :  * in some special way and need to override the decision.  Also, when
    3280              :  * restoring a previously-assigned value, it's important to supply the
    3281              :  * same role OID that set the value originally; so all guc.c callers
    3282              :  * that are doing that type of thing need to call this directly.
    3283              :  *
    3284              :  * Generally, srole should be GetUserId() when the source is a SQL operation,
    3285              :  * or BOOTSTRAP_SUPERUSERID if the source is a config file or similar.
    3286              :  */
    3287              : int
    3288        72051 : set_config_option_ext(const char *name, const char *value,
    3289              :                       GucContext context, GucSource source, Oid srole,
    3290              :                       GucAction action, bool changeVal, int elevel,
    3291              :                       bool is_reload)
    3292              : {
    3293        72051 :     return set_config_with_handle(name, NULL, value,
    3294              :                                   context, source, srole,
    3295              :                                   action, changeVal, elevel,
    3296              :                                   is_reload);
    3297              : }
    3298              : 
    3299              : 
    3300              : /*
    3301              :  * set_config_with_handle: sets option `name' to given value.
    3302              :  *
    3303              :  * This API adds the ability to pass a 'handle' argument, which can be
    3304              :  * obtained by the caller from get_config_handle().  NULL has no effect,
    3305              :  * but a non-null value avoids the need to search the GUC tables.
    3306              :  *
    3307              :  * This should be used by callers which repeatedly set the same config
    3308              :  * option(s), and want to avoid the overhead of a hash lookup each time.
    3309              :  */
    3310              : int
    3311       698074 : set_config_with_handle(const char *name, config_handle *handle,
    3312              :                        const char *value,
    3313              :                        GucContext context, GucSource source, Oid srole,
    3314              :                        GucAction action, bool changeVal, int elevel,
    3315              :                        bool is_reload)
    3316              : {
    3317              :     struct config_generic *record;
    3318              :     union config_var_val newval_union;
    3319       698074 :     void       *newextra = NULL;
    3320       698074 :     bool        prohibitValueChange = false;
    3321              :     bool        makeDefault;
    3322              : 
    3323       698074 :     if (elevel == 0)
    3324              :     {
    3325       608236 :         if (source == PGC_S_DEFAULT || source == PGC_S_FILE)
    3326              :         {
    3327              :             /*
    3328              :              * To avoid cluttering the log, only the postmaster bleats loudly
    3329              :              * about problems with the config file.
    3330              :              */
    3331        58607 :             elevel = IsUnderPostmaster ? DEBUG3 : LOG;
    3332              :         }
    3333       549629 :         else if (source == PGC_S_GLOBAL ||
    3334       522954 :                  source == PGC_S_DATABASE ||
    3335       522952 :                  source == PGC_S_USER ||
    3336              :                  source == PGC_S_DATABASE_USER)
    3337        26677 :             elevel = WARNING;
    3338              :         else
    3339       522952 :             elevel = ERROR;
    3340              :     }
    3341              : 
    3342              :     /* if handle is specified, no need to look up option */
    3343       698074 :     if (!handle)
    3344              :     {
    3345       697963 :         record = find_option(name, true, false, elevel);
    3346       697923 :         if (record == NULL)
    3347            0 :             return 0;
    3348              :     }
    3349              :     else
    3350          111 :         record = handle;
    3351              : 
    3352              :     /*
    3353              :      * GUC_ACTION_SAVE changes are acceptable during a parallel operation,
    3354              :      * because the current worker will also pop the change.  We're probably
    3355              :      * dealing with a function having a proconfig entry.  Only the function's
    3356              :      * body should observe the change, and peer workers do not share in the
    3357              :      * execution of a function call started by this worker.
    3358              :      *
    3359              :      * Also allow normal setting if the GUC is marked GUC_ALLOW_IN_PARALLEL.
    3360              :      *
    3361              :      * Other changes might need to affect other workers, so forbid them. Note,
    3362              :      * that parallel autovacuum leader is an exception because cost-based
    3363              :      * delays need to be affected to parallel autovacuum workers. These
    3364              :      * parameters are propagated to its workers during parallel vacuum (see
    3365              :      * vacuumparallel.c for details). All other changes will affect only the
    3366              :      * parallel autovacuum leader.
    3367              :      */
    3368       698034 :     if (IsInParallelMode() && !AmAutoVacuumWorkerProcess() && changeVal &&
    3369           12 :         action != GUC_ACTION_SAVE &&
    3370           12 :         (record->flags & GUC_ALLOW_IN_PARALLEL) == 0)
    3371              :     {
    3372            0 :         ereport(elevel,
    3373              :                 (errcode(ERRCODE_INVALID_TRANSACTION_STATE),
    3374              :                  errmsg("parameter \"%s\" cannot be set during a parallel operation",
    3375              :                         record->name)));
    3376            0 :         return 0;
    3377              :     }
    3378              : 
    3379              :     /*
    3380              :      * Check if the option can be set at this time. See guc.h for the precise
    3381              :      * rules.
    3382              :      */
    3383       698034 :     switch (record->context)
    3384              :     {
    3385        73835 :         case PGC_INTERNAL:
    3386        73835 :             if (context != PGC_INTERNAL)
    3387              :             {
    3388            2 :                 ereport(elevel,
    3389              :                         (errcode(ERRCODE_CANT_CHANGE_RUNTIME_PARAM),
    3390              :                          errmsg("parameter \"%s\" cannot be changed",
    3391              :                                 record->name)));
    3392            0 :                 return 0;
    3393              :             }
    3394        73833 :             break;
    3395        37363 :         case PGC_POSTMASTER:
    3396        37363 :             if (context == PGC_SIGHUP)
    3397              :             {
    3398              :                 /*
    3399              :                  * We are re-reading a PGC_POSTMASTER variable from
    3400              :                  * postgresql.conf.  We can't change the setting, so we should
    3401              :                  * give a warning if the DBA tries to change it.  However,
    3402              :                  * because of variant formats, canonicalization by check
    3403              :                  * hooks, etc, we can't just compare the given string directly
    3404              :                  * to what's stored.  Set a flag to check below after we have
    3405              :                  * the final storable value.
    3406              :                  */
    3407        10095 :                 prohibitValueChange = true;
    3408              :             }
    3409        27268 :             else if (context != PGC_POSTMASTER)
    3410              :             {
    3411            4 :                 ereport(elevel,
    3412              :                         (errcode(ERRCODE_CANT_CHANGE_RUNTIME_PARAM),
    3413              :                          errmsg("parameter \"%s\" cannot be changed without restarting the server",
    3414              :                                 record->name)));
    3415            0 :                 return 0;
    3416              :             }
    3417        37359 :             break;
    3418        33760 :         case PGC_SIGHUP:
    3419        33760 :             if (context != PGC_SIGHUP && context != PGC_POSTMASTER)
    3420              :             {
    3421            3 :                 ereport(elevel,
    3422              :                         (errcode(ERRCODE_CANT_CHANGE_RUNTIME_PARAM),
    3423              :                          errmsg("parameter \"%s\" cannot be changed now",
    3424              :                                 record->name)));
    3425            0 :                 return 0;
    3426              :             }
    3427              : 
    3428              :             /*
    3429              :              * Hmm, the idea of the SIGHUP context is "ought to be global, but
    3430              :              * can be changed after postmaster start". But there's nothing
    3431              :              * that prevents a crafty administrator from sending SIGHUP
    3432              :              * signals to individual backends only.
    3433              :              */
    3434        33757 :             break;
    3435          296 :         case PGC_SU_BACKEND:
    3436          296 :             if (context == PGC_BACKEND)
    3437              :             {
    3438              :                 /*
    3439              :                  * Check whether the requesting user has been granted
    3440              :                  * privilege to set this GUC.
    3441              :                  */
    3442              :                 AclResult   aclresult;
    3443              : 
    3444            0 :                 aclresult = pg_parameter_aclcheck(record->name, srole, ACL_SET);
    3445            0 :                 if (aclresult != ACLCHECK_OK)
    3446              :                 {
    3447              :                     /* No granted privilege */
    3448            0 :                     ereport(elevel,
    3449              :                             (errcode(ERRCODE_INSUFFICIENT_PRIVILEGE),
    3450              :                              errmsg("permission denied to set parameter \"%s\"",
    3451              :                                     record->name)));
    3452            0 :                     return 0;
    3453              :                 }
    3454              :             }
    3455              :             /* fall through to process the same as PGC_BACKEND */
    3456              :             pg_fallthrough;
    3457              :         case PGC_BACKEND:
    3458          298 :             if (context == PGC_SIGHUP)
    3459              :             {
    3460              :                 /*
    3461              :                  * If a PGC_BACKEND or PGC_SU_BACKEND parameter is changed in
    3462              :                  * the config file, we want to accept the new value in the
    3463              :                  * postmaster (whence it will propagate to
    3464              :                  * subsequently-started backends), but ignore it in existing
    3465              :                  * backends.  This is a tad klugy, but necessary because we
    3466              :                  * don't re-read the config file during backend start.
    3467              :                  *
    3468              :                  * However, if changeVal is false then plow ahead anyway since
    3469              :                  * we are trying to find out if the value is potentially good,
    3470              :                  * not actually use it.
    3471              :                  *
    3472              :                  * In EXEC_BACKEND builds, this works differently: we load all
    3473              :                  * non-default settings from the CONFIG_EXEC_PARAMS file
    3474              :                  * during backend start.  In that case we must accept
    3475              :                  * PGC_SIGHUP settings, so as to have the same value as if
    3476              :                  * we'd forked from the postmaster.  This can also happen when
    3477              :                  * using RestoreGUCState() within a background worker that
    3478              :                  * needs to have the same settings as the user backend that
    3479              :                  * started it. is_reload will be true when either situation
    3480              :                  * applies.
    3481              :                  */
    3482          203 :                 if (IsUnderPostmaster && changeVal && !is_reload)
    3483          139 :                     return -1;
    3484              :             }
    3485           95 :             else if (context != PGC_POSTMASTER &&
    3486            4 :                      context != PGC_BACKEND &&
    3487            4 :                      context != PGC_SU_BACKEND &&
    3488              :                      source != PGC_S_CLIENT)
    3489              :             {
    3490            4 :                 ereport(elevel,
    3491              :                         (errcode(ERRCODE_CANT_CHANGE_RUNTIME_PARAM),
    3492              :                          errmsg("parameter \"%s\" cannot be set after connection start",
    3493              :                                 record->name)));
    3494            0 :                 return 0;
    3495              :             }
    3496          155 :             break;
    3497        25623 :         case PGC_SUSET:
    3498        25623 :             if (context == PGC_USERSET || context == PGC_BACKEND)
    3499              :             {
    3500              :                 /*
    3501              :                  * Check whether the requesting user has been granted
    3502              :                  * privilege to set this GUC.
    3503              :                  */
    3504              :                 AclResult   aclresult;
    3505              : 
    3506           15 :                 aclresult = pg_parameter_aclcheck(record->name, srole, ACL_SET);
    3507           15 :                 if (aclresult != ACLCHECK_OK)
    3508              :                 {
    3509              :                     /* No granted privilege */
    3510            8 :                     ereport(elevel,
    3511              :                             (errcode(ERRCODE_INSUFFICIENT_PRIVILEGE),
    3512              :                              errmsg("permission denied to set parameter \"%s\"",
    3513              :                                     record->name)));
    3514            2 :                     return 0;
    3515              :                 }
    3516              :             }
    3517        25615 :             break;
    3518       527155 :         case PGC_USERSET:
    3519              :             /* always okay */
    3520       527155 :             break;
    3521              :     }
    3522              : 
    3523              :     /*
    3524              :      * Disallow changing GUC_NOT_WHILE_SEC_REST values if we are inside a
    3525              :      * security restriction context.  We can reject this regardless of the GUC
    3526              :      * context or source, mainly because sources that it might be reasonable
    3527              :      * to override for won't be seen while inside a function.
    3528              :      *
    3529              :      * Note: variables marked GUC_NOT_WHILE_SEC_REST should usually be marked
    3530              :      * GUC_NO_RESET_ALL as well, because ResetAllOptions() doesn't check this.
    3531              :      * An exception might be made if the reset value is assumed to be "safe".
    3532              :      *
    3533              :      * Note: this flag is currently used for "session_authorization" and
    3534              :      * "role".  We need to prohibit changing these inside a local userid
    3535              :      * context because when we exit it, GUC won't be notified, leaving things
    3536              :      * out of sync.  (This could be fixed by forcing a new GUC nesting level,
    3537              :      * but that would change behavior in possibly-undesirable ways.)  Also, we
    3538              :      * prohibit changing these in a security-restricted operation because
    3539              :      * otherwise RESET could be used to regain the session user's privileges.
    3540              :      */
    3541       697874 :     if (record->flags & GUC_NOT_WHILE_SEC_REST)
    3542              :     {
    3543        40825 :         if (InLocalUserIdChange())
    3544              :         {
    3545              :             /*
    3546              :              * Phrasing of this error message is historical, but it's the most
    3547              :              * common case.
    3548              :              */
    3549            0 :             ereport(elevel,
    3550              :                     (errcode(ERRCODE_INSUFFICIENT_PRIVILEGE),
    3551              :                      errmsg("cannot set parameter \"%s\" within security-definer function",
    3552              :                             record->name)));
    3553            0 :             return 0;
    3554              :         }
    3555        40825 :         if (InSecurityRestrictedOperation())
    3556              :         {
    3557            0 :             ereport(elevel,
    3558              :                     (errcode(ERRCODE_INSUFFICIENT_PRIVILEGE),
    3559              :                      errmsg("cannot set parameter \"%s\" within security-restricted operation",
    3560              :                             record->name)));
    3561            0 :             return 0;
    3562              :         }
    3563              :     }
    3564              : 
    3565              :     /* Disallow resetting and saving GUC_NO_RESET values */
    3566       697874 :     if (record->flags & GUC_NO_RESET)
    3567              :     {
    3568        14724 :         if (value == NULL)
    3569              :         {
    3570           12 :             ereport(elevel,
    3571              :                     (errcode(ERRCODE_FEATURE_NOT_SUPPORTED),
    3572              :                      errmsg("parameter \"%s\" cannot be reset", record->name)));
    3573            0 :             return 0;
    3574              :         }
    3575        14712 :         if (action == GUC_ACTION_SAVE)
    3576              :         {
    3577            4 :             ereport(elevel,
    3578              :                     (errcode(ERRCODE_FEATURE_NOT_SUPPORTED),
    3579              :                      errmsg("parameter \"%s\" cannot be set locally in functions",
    3580              :                             record->name)));
    3581            0 :             return 0;
    3582              :         }
    3583              :     }
    3584              : 
    3585              :     /*
    3586              :      * Should we set reset/stacked values?  (If so, the behavior is not
    3587              :      * transactional.)  This is done either when we get a default value from
    3588              :      * the database's/user's/client's default settings or when we reset a
    3589              :      * value to its default.
    3590              :      */
    3591       697859 :     makeDefault = changeVal && (source <= PGC_S_OVERRIDE) &&
    3592            1 :         ((value != NULL) || source == PGC_S_DEFAULT);
    3593              : 
    3594              :     /*
    3595              :      * Ignore attempted set if overridden by previously processed setting.
    3596              :      * However, if changeVal is false then plow ahead anyway since we are
    3597              :      * trying to find out if the value is potentially good, not actually use
    3598              :      * it. Also keep going if makeDefault is true, since we may want to set
    3599              :      * the reset/stacked values even if we can't set the variable itself.
    3600              :      */
    3601       697858 :     if (record->source > source)
    3602              :     {
    3603         1351 :         if (changeVal && !makeDefault)
    3604              :         {
    3605            0 :             elog(DEBUG3, "\"%s\": setting ignored because previous source is higher priority",
    3606              :                  record->name);
    3607            0 :             return -1;
    3608              :         }
    3609         1351 :         changeVal = false;
    3610              :     }
    3611              : 
    3612              :     /*
    3613              :      * Evaluate value and set variable.
    3614              :      */
    3615       697858 :     switch (record->vartype)
    3616              :     {
    3617       139844 :         case PGC_BOOL:
    3618              :             {
    3619       139844 :                 struct config_bool *conf = &record->_bool;
    3620              : 
    3621              : #define newval (newval_union.boolval)
    3622              : 
    3623       139844 :                 if (value)
    3624              :                 {
    3625       138796 :                     if (!parse_and_validate_value(record, value,
    3626              :                                                   source, elevel,
    3627              :                                                   &newval_union, &newextra))
    3628            0 :                         return 0;
    3629              :                 }
    3630         1048 :                 else if (source == PGC_S_DEFAULT)
    3631              :                 {
    3632            0 :                     newval = conf->boot_val;
    3633            0 :                     if (!call_bool_check_hook(record, &newval, &newextra,
    3634              :                                               source, elevel))
    3635            0 :                         return 0;
    3636              :                 }
    3637              :                 else
    3638              :                 {
    3639         1048 :                     newval = conf->reset_val;
    3640         1048 :                     newextra = record->reset_extra;
    3641         1048 :                     source = record->reset_source;
    3642         1048 :                     context = record->reset_scontext;
    3643         1048 :                     srole = record->reset_srole;
    3644              :                 }
    3645              : 
    3646       139824 :                 if (prohibitValueChange)
    3647              :                 {
    3648              :                     /* Release newextra, unless it's reset_extra */
    3649          945 :                     if (newextra && !extra_field_used(record, newextra))
    3650            0 :                         guc_free(newextra);
    3651              : 
    3652          945 :                     if (*conf->variable != newval)
    3653              :                     {
    3654            0 :                         record->status |= GUC_PENDING_RESTART;
    3655            0 :                         ereport(elevel,
    3656              :                                 (errcode(ERRCODE_CANT_CHANGE_RUNTIME_PARAM),
    3657              :                                  errmsg("parameter \"%s\" cannot be changed without restarting the server",
    3658              :                                         record->name)));
    3659            0 :                         return 0;
    3660              :                     }
    3661          945 :                     record->status &= ~GUC_PENDING_RESTART;
    3662          945 :                     return -1;
    3663              :                 }
    3664              : 
    3665       138879 :                 if (changeVal)
    3666              :                 {
    3667              :                     /* Save old value to support transaction abort */
    3668       138804 :                     if (!makeDefault)
    3669        63078 :                         push_old_value(record, action);
    3670              : 
    3671       138804 :                     if (conf->assign_hook)
    3672            0 :                         conf->assign_hook(newval, newextra);
    3673       138804 :                     *conf->variable = newval;
    3674       138804 :                     set_extra_field(record, &record->extra,
    3675              :                                     newextra);
    3676       138804 :                     set_guc_source(record, source);
    3677       138804 :                     record->scontext = context;
    3678       138804 :                     record->srole = srole;
    3679              :                 }
    3680       138879 :                 if (makeDefault)
    3681              :                 {
    3682        75783 :                     if (record->reset_source <= source)
    3683              :                     {
    3684        75726 :                         conf->reset_val = newval;
    3685        75726 :                         set_extra_field(record, &record->reset_extra,
    3686              :                                         newextra);
    3687        75726 :                         record->reset_source = source;
    3688        75726 :                         record->reset_scontext = context;
    3689        75726 :                         record->reset_srole = srole;
    3690              :                     }
    3691        75783 :                     for (GucStack *stack = record->stack; stack; stack = stack->prev)
    3692              :                     {
    3693            0 :                         if (stack->source <= source)
    3694              :                         {
    3695            0 :                             stack->prior.val.boolval = newval;
    3696            0 :                             set_extra_field(record, &stack->prior.extra,
    3697              :                                             newextra);
    3698            0 :                             stack->source = source;
    3699            0 :                             stack->scontext = context;
    3700            0 :                             stack->srole = srole;
    3701              :                         }
    3702              :                     }
    3703              :                 }
    3704              : 
    3705              :                 /* Perhaps we didn't install newextra anywhere */
    3706       138879 :                 if (newextra && !extra_field_used(record, newextra))
    3707            0 :                     guc_free(newextra);
    3708       138879 :                 break;
    3709              : 
    3710              : #undef newval
    3711              :             }
    3712              : 
    3713        65460 :         case PGC_INT:
    3714              :             {
    3715        65460 :                 struct config_int *conf = &record->_int;
    3716              : 
    3717              : #define newval (newval_union.intval)
    3718              : 
    3719        65460 :                 if (value)
    3720              :                 {
    3721        64611 :                     if (!parse_and_validate_value(record, value,
    3722              :                                                   source, elevel,
    3723              :                                                   &newval_union, &newextra))
    3724            0 :                         return 0;
    3725              :                 }
    3726          849 :                 else if (source == PGC_S_DEFAULT)
    3727              :                 {
    3728            0 :                     newval = conf->boot_val;
    3729            0 :                     if (!call_int_check_hook(record, &newval, &newextra,
    3730              :                                              source, elevel))
    3731            0 :                         return 0;
    3732              :                 }
    3733              :                 else
    3734              :                 {
    3735          849 :                     newval = conf->reset_val;
    3736          849 :                     newextra = record->reset_extra;
    3737          849 :                     source = record->reset_source;
    3738          849 :                     context = record->reset_scontext;
    3739          849 :                     srole = record->reset_srole;
    3740              :                 }
    3741              : 
    3742        65456 :                 if (prohibitValueChange)
    3743              :                 {
    3744              :                     /* Release newextra, unless it's reset_extra */
    3745         5262 :                     if (newextra && !extra_field_used(record, newextra))
    3746            0 :                         guc_free(newextra);
    3747              : 
    3748         5262 :                     if (*conf->variable != newval)
    3749              :                     {
    3750            0 :                         record->status |= GUC_PENDING_RESTART;
    3751            0 :                         ereport(elevel,
    3752              :                                 (errcode(ERRCODE_CANT_CHANGE_RUNTIME_PARAM),
    3753              :                                  errmsg("parameter \"%s\" cannot be changed without restarting the server",
    3754              :                                         record->name)));
    3755            0 :                         return 0;
    3756              :                     }
    3757         5262 :                     record->status &= ~GUC_PENDING_RESTART;
    3758         5262 :                     return -1;
    3759              :                 }
    3760              : 
    3761        60194 :                 if (changeVal)
    3762              :                 {
    3763              :                     /* Save old value to support transaction abort */
    3764        59148 :                     if (!makeDefault)
    3765        13698 :                         push_old_value(record, action);
    3766              : 
    3767        59148 :                     if (conf->assign_hook)
    3768        10641 :                         conf->assign_hook(newval, newextra);
    3769        59148 :                     *conf->variable = newval;
    3770        59148 :                     set_extra_field(record, &record->extra,
    3771              :                                     newextra);
    3772        59148 :                     set_guc_source(record, source);
    3773        59148 :                     record->scontext = context;
    3774        59148 :                     record->srole = srole;
    3775              :                 }
    3776        60194 :                 if (makeDefault)
    3777              :                 {
    3778        46432 :                     if (record->reset_source <= source)
    3779              :                     {
    3780        45450 :                         conf->reset_val = newval;
    3781        45450 :                         set_extra_field(record, &record->reset_extra,
    3782              :                                         newextra);
    3783        45450 :                         record->reset_source = source;
    3784        45450 :                         record->reset_scontext = context;
    3785        45450 :                         record->reset_srole = srole;
    3786              :                     }
    3787        46432 :                     for (GucStack *stack = record->stack; stack; stack = stack->prev)
    3788              :                     {
    3789            0 :                         if (stack->source <= source)
    3790              :                         {
    3791            0 :                             stack->prior.val.intval = newval;
    3792            0 :                             set_extra_field(record, &stack->prior.extra,
    3793              :                                             newextra);
    3794            0 :                             stack->source = source;
    3795            0 :                             stack->scontext = context;
    3796            0 :                             stack->srole = srole;
    3797              :                         }
    3798              :                     }
    3799              :                 }
    3800              : 
    3801              :                 /* Perhaps we didn't install newextra anywhere */
    3802        60194 :                 if (newextra && !extra_field_used(record, newextra))
    3803            0 :                     guc_free(newextra);
    3804        60194 :                 break;
    3805              : 
    3806              : #undef newval
    3807              :             }
    3808              : 
    3809         5831 :         case PGC_REAL:
    3810              :             {
    3811         5831 :                 struct config_real *conf = &record->_real;
    3812              : 
    3813              : #define newval (newval_union.realval)
    3814              : 
    3815         5831 :                 if (value)
    3816              :                 {
    3817         5708 :                     if (!parse_and_validate_value(record, value,
    3818              :                                                   source, elevel,
    3819              :                                                   &newval_union, &newextra))
    3820            0 :                         return 0;
    3821              :                 }
    3822          123 :                 else if (source == PGC_S_DEFAULT)
    3823              :                 {
    3824            0 :                     newval = conf->boot_val;
    3825            0 :                     if (!call_real_check_hook(record, &newval, &newextra,
    3826              :                                               source, elevel))
    3827            0 :                         return 0;
    3828              :                 }
    3829              :                 else
    3830              :                 {
    3831          123 :                     newval = conf->reset_val;
    3832          123 :                     newextra = record->reset_extra;
    3833          123 :                     source = record->reset_source;
    3834          123 :                     context = record->reset_scontext;
    3835          123 :                     srole = record->reset_srole;
    3836              :                 }
    3837              : 
    3838         5823 :                 if (prohibitValueChange)
    3839              :                 {
    3840              :                     /* Release newextra, unless it's reset_extra */
    3841            0 :                     if (newextra && !extra_field_used(record, newextra))
    3842            0 :                         guc_free(newextra);
    3843              : 
    3844            0 :                     if (*conf->variable != newval)
    3845              :                     {
    3846            0 :                         record->status |= GUC_PENDING_RESTART;
    3847            0 :                         ereport(elevel,
    3848              :                                 (errcode(ERRCODE_CANT_CHANGE_RUNTIME_PARAM),
    3849              :                                  errmsg("parameter \"%s\" cannot be changed without restarting the server",
    3850              :                                         record->name)));
    3851            0 :                         return 0;
    3852              :                     }
    3853            0 :                     record->status &= ~GUC_PENDING_RESTART;
    3854            0 :                     return -1;
    3855              :                 }
    3856              : 
    3857         5823 :                 if (changeVal)
    3858              :                 {
    3859              :                     /* Save old value to support transaction abort */
    3860         5815 :                     if (!makeDefault)
    3861         5804 :                         push_old_value(record, action);
    3862              : 
    3863         5815 :                     if (conf->assign_hook)
    3864            0 :                         conf->assign_hook(newval, newextra);
    3865         5815 :                     *conf->variable = newval;
    3866         5815 :                     set_extra_field(record, &record->extra,
    3867              :                                     newextra);
    3868         5815 :                     set_guc_source(record, source);
    3869         5815 :                     record->scontext = context;
    3870         5815 :                     record->srole = srole;
    3871              :                 }
    3872         5823 :                 if (makeDefault)
    3873              :                 {
    3874           11 :                     if (record->reset_source <= source)
    3875              :                     {
    3876           11 :                         conf->reset_val = newval;
    3877           11 :                         set_extra_field(record, &record->reset_extra,
    3878              :                                         newextra);
    3879           11 :                         record->reset_source = source;
    3880           11 :                         record->reset_scontext = context;
    3881           11 :                         record->reset_srole = srole;
    3882              :                     }
    3883           11 :                     for (GucStack *stack = record->stack; stack; stack = stack->prev)
    3884              :                     {
    3885            0 :                         if (stack->source <= source)
    3886              :                         {
    3887            0 :                             stack->prior.val.realval = newval;
    3888            0 :                             set_extra_field(record, &stack->prior.extra,
    3889              :                                             newextra);
    3890            0 :                             stack->source = source;
    3891            0 :                             stack->scontext = context;
    3892            0 :                             stack->srole = srole;
    3893              :                         }
    3894              :                     }
    3895              :                 }
    3896              : 
    3897              :                 /* Perhaps we didn't install newextra anywhere */
    3898         5823 :                 if (newextra && !extra_field_used(record, newextra))
    3899            0 :                     guc_free(newextra);
    3900         5823 :                 break;
    3901              : 
    3902              : #undef newval
    3903              :             }
    3904              : 
    3905       400257 :         case PGC_STRING:
    3906              :             {
    3907       400257 :                 struct config_string *conf = &record->_string;
    3908       400257 :                 GucContext  orig_context = context;
    3909       400257 :                 GucSource   orig_source = source;
    3910       400257 :                 Oid         orig_srole = srole;
    3911              : 
    3912              : #define newval (newval_union.stringval)
    3913              : 
    3914       400257 :                 if (value)
    3915              :                 {
    3916       398061 :                     if (!parse_and_validate_value(record, value,
    3917              :                                                   source, elevel,
    3918              :                                                   &newval_union, &newextra))
    3919            0 :                         return 0;
    3920              :                 }
    3921         2196 :                 else if (source == PGC_S_DEFAULT)
    3922              :                 {
    3923              :                     /* non-NULL boot_val must always get strdup'd */
    3924            1 :                     if (conf->boot_val != NULL)
    3925              :                     {
    3926            1 :                         newval = guc_strdup(elevel, conf->boot_val);
    3927            1 :                         if (newval == NULL)
    3928            0 :                             return 0;
    3929              :                     }
    3930              :                     else
    3931            0 :                         newval = NULL;
    3932              : 
    3933            1 :                     if (!call_string_check_hook(record, &newval, &newextra,
    3934              :                                                 source, elevel))
    3935              :                     {
    3936            0 :                         guc_free(newval);
    3937            0 :                         return 0;
    3938              :                     }
    3939              :                 }
    3940              :                 else
    3941              :                 {
    3942              :                     /*
    3943              :                      * strdup not needed, since reset_val is already under
    3944              :                      * guc.c's control
    3945              :                      */
    3946         2195 :                     newval = conf->reset_val;
    3947         2195 :                     newextra = record->reset_extra;
    3948         2195 :                     source = record->reset_source;
    3949         2195 :                     context = record->reset_scontext;
    3950         2195 :                     srole = record->reset_srole;
    3951              :                 }
    3952              : 
    3953       400161 :                 if (prohibitValueChange)
    3954              :                 {
    3955              :                     bool        newval_different;
    3956              : 
    3957              :                     /* newval shouldn't be NULL, so we're a bit sloppy here */
    3958         5547 :                     newval_different = (*conf->variable == NULL ||
    3959         3698 :                                         newval == NULL ||
    3960         1849 :                                         strcmp(*conf->variable, newval) != 0);
    3961              : 
    3962              :                     /* Release newval, unless it's reset_val */
    3963         1849 :                     if (newval && !string_field_used(record, newval))
    3964         1849 :                         guc_free(newval);
    3965              :                     /* Release newextra, unless it's reset_extra */
    3966         1849 :                     if (newextra && !extra_field_used(record, newextra))
    3967            0 :                         guc_free(newextra);
    3968              : 
    3969         1849 :                     if (newval_different)
    3970              :                     {
    3971            0 :                         record->status |= GUC_PENDING_RESTART;
    3972            0 :                         ereport(elevel,
    3973              :                                 (errcode(ERRCODE_CANT_CHANGE_RUNTIME_PARAM),
    3974              :                                  errmsg("parameter \"%s\" cannot be changed without restarting the server",
    3975              :                                         record->name)));
    3976            0 :                         return 0;
    3977              :                     }
    3978         1849 :                     record->status &= ~GUC_PENDING_RESTART;
    3979         1849 :                     return -1;
    3980              :                 }
    3981              : 
    3982       398312 :                 if (changeVal)
    3983              :                 {
    3984              :                     /* Save old value to support transaction abort */
    3985       397379 :                     if (!makeDefault)
    3986       222499 :                         push_old_value(record, action);
    3987              : 
    3988       397379 :                     if (conf->assign_hook)
    3989       363368 :                         conf->assign_hook(newval, newextra);
    3990       397378 :                     set_string_field(record, conf->variable, newval);
    3991       397378 :                     set_extra_field(record, &record->extra,
    3992              :                                     newextra);
    3993       397378 :                     set_guc_source(record, source);
    3994       397378 :                     record->scontext = context;
    3995       397378 :                     record->srole = srole;
    3996              : 
    3997              :                     /*
    3998              :                      * Ugly hack: during SET session_authorization, forcibly
    3999              :                      * do SET ROLE NONE with the same context/source/etc, so
    4000              :                      * that the effects will have identical lifespan.  This is
    4001              :                      * required by the SQL spec, and it's not possible to do
    4002              :                      * it within the variable's check hook or assign hook
    4003              :                      * because our APIs for those don't pass enough info.
    4004              :                      * However, don't do it if is_reload: in that case we
    4005              :                      * expect that if "role" isn't supposed to be default, it
    4006              :                      * has been or will be set by a separate reload action.
    4007              :                      *
    4008              :                      * Also, for the call from InitializeSessionUserId with
    4009              :                      * source == PGC_S_OVERRIDE, use PGC_S_DYNAMIC_DEFAULT for
    4010              :                      * "role"'s source, so that it's still possible to set
    4011              :                      * "role" from pg_db_role_setting entries.  (See notes in
    4012              :                      * InitializeSessionUserId before changing this.)
    4013              :                      *
    4014              :                      * A fine point: for RESET session_authorization, we do
    4015              :                      * "RESET role" not "SET ROLE NONE" (by passing down NULL
    4016              :                      * rather than "none" for the value).  This would have the
    4017              :                      * same effects in typical cases, but if the reset value
    4018              :                      * of "role" is not "none" it seems better to revert to
    4019              :                      * that.
    4020              :                      */
    4021       397378 :                     if (!is_reload &&
    4022       368507 :                         strcmp(record->name, "session_authorization") == 0)
    4023        17798 :                         (void) set_config_with_handle("role", NULL,
    4024              :                                                       value ? "none" : NULL,
    4025              :                                                       orig_context,
    4026              :                                                       (orig_source == PGC_S_OVERRIDE)
    4027              :                                                       ? PGC_S_DYNAMIC_DEFAULT
    4028              :                                                       : orig_source,
    4029              :                                                       orig_srole,
    4030              :                                                       action,
    4031              :                                                       true,
    4032              :                                                       elevel,
    4033              :                                                       false);
    4034              :                 }
    4035              : 
    4036       398311 :                 if (makeDefault)
    4037              :                 {
    4038       175141 :                     if (record->reset_source <= source)
    4039              :                     {
    4040       174879 :                         set_string_field(record, &conf->reset_val, newval);
    4041       174879 :                         set_extra_field(record, &record->reset_extra,
    4042              :                                         newextra);
    4043       174879 :                         record->reset_source = source;
    4044       174879 :                         record->reset_scontext = context;
    4045       174879 :                         record->reset_srole = srole;
    4046              :                     }
    4047       175141 :                     for (GucStack *stack = record->stack; stack; stack = stack->prev)
    4048              :                     {
    4049            0 :                         if (stack->source <= source)
    4050              :                         {
    4051            0 :                             set_string_field(record, &stack->prior.val.stringval,
    4052              :                                              newval);
    4053            0 :                             set_extra_field(record, &stack->prior.extra,
    4054              :                                             newextra);
    4055            0 :                             stack->source = source;
    4056            0 :                             stack->scontext = context;
    4057            0 :                             stack->srole = srole;
    4058              :                         }
    4059              :                     }
    4060              :                 }
    4061              : 
    4062              :                 /* Perhaps we didn't install newval anywhere */
    4063       398311 :                 if (newval && !string_field_used(record, newval))
    4064          919 :                     guc_free(newval);
    4065              :                 /* Perhaps we didn't install newextra anywhere */
    4066       398311 :                 if (newextra && !extra_field_used(record, newextra))
    4067          268 :                     guc_free(newextra);
    4068       398311 :                 break;
    4069              : 
    4070              : #undef newval
    4071              :             }
    4072              : 
    4073        86466 :         case PGC_ENUM:
    4074              :             {
    4075        86466 :                 struct config_enum *conf = &record->_enum;
    4076              : 
    4077              : #define newval (newval_union.enumval)
    4078              : 
    4079        86466 :                 if (value)
    4080              :                 {
    4081        86079 :                     if (!parse_and_validate_value(record, value,
    4082              :                                                   source, elevel,
    4083              :                                                   &newval_union, &newextra))
    4084            0 :                         return 0;
    4085              :                 }
    4086          387 :                 else if (source == PGC_S_DEFAULT)
    4087              :                 {
    4088            0 :                     newval = conf->boot_val;
    4089            0 :                     if (!call_enum_check_hook(record, &newval, &newextra,
    4090              :                                               source, elevel))
    4091            0 :                         return 0;
    4092              :                 }
    4093              :                 else
    4094              :                 {
    4095          387 :                     newval = conf->reset_val;
    4096          387 :                     newextra = record->reset_extra;
    4097          387 :                     source = record->reset_source;
    4098          387 :                     context = record->reset_scontext;
    4099          387 :                     srole = record->reset_srole;
    4100              :                 }
    4101              : 
    4102        86438 :                 if (prohibitValueChange)
    4103              :                 {
    4104              :                     /* Release newextra, unless it's reset_extra */
    4105         2039 :                     if (newextra && !extra_field_used(record, newextra))
    4106            0 :                         guc_free(newextra);
    4107              : 
    4108         2039 :                     if (*conf->variable != newval)
    4109              :                     {
    4110            0 :                         record->status |= GUC_PENDING_RESTART;
    4111            0 :                         ereport(elevel,
    4112              :                                 (errcode(ERRCODE_CANT_CHANGE_RUNTIME_PARAM),
    4113              :                                  errmsg("parameter \"%s\" cannot be changed without restarting the server",
    4114              :                                         record->name)));
    4115            0 :                         return 0;
    4116              :                     }
    4117         2039 :                     record->status &= ~GUC_PENDING_RESTART;
    4118         2039 :                     return -1;
    4119              :                 }
    4120              : 
    4121        84399 :                 if (changeVal)
    4122              :                 {
    4123              :                     /* Save old value to support transaction abort */
    4124        84278 :                     if (!makeDefault)
    4125        55203 :                         push_old_value(record, action);
    4126              : 
    4127        84278 :                     if (conf->assign_hook)
    4128         4914 :                         conf->assign_hook(newval, newextra);
    4129        84278 :                     *conf->variable = newval;
    4130        84278 :                     set_extra_field(record, &record->extra,
    4131              :                                     newextra);
    4132        84278 :                     set_guc_source(record, source);
    4133        84278 :                     record->scontext = context;
    4134        84278 :                     record->srole = srole;
    4135              :                 }
    4136        84399 :                 if (makeDefault)
    4137              :                 {
    4138        29075 :                     if (record->reset_source <= source)
    4139              :                     {
    4140        29075 :                         conf->reset_val = newval;
    4141        29075 :                         set_extra_field(record, &record->reset_extra,
    4142              :                                         newextra);
    4143        29075 :                         record->reset_source = source;
    4144        29075 :                         record->reset_scontext = context;
    4145        29075 :                         record->reset_srole = srole;
    4146              :                     }
    4147        29075 :                     for (GucStack *stack = record->stack; stack; stack = stack->prev)
    4148              :                     {
    4149            0 :                         if (stack->source <= source)
    4150              :                         {
    4151            0 :                             stack->prior.val.enumval = newval;
    4152            0 :                             set_extra_field(record, &stack->prior.extra,
    4153              :                                             newextra);
    4154            0 :                             stack->source = source;
    4155            0 :                             stack->scontext = context;
    4156            0 :                             stack->srole = srole;
    4157              :                         }
    4158              :                     }
    4159              :                 }
    4160              : 
    4161              :                 /* Perhaps we didn't install newextra anywhere */
    4162        84399 :                 if (newextra && !extra_field_used(record, newextra))
    4163            0 :                     guc_free(newextra);
    4164        84399 :                 break;
    4165              : 
    4166              : #undef newval
    4167              :             }
    4168              :     }
    4169              : 
    4170       687606 :     if (changeVal && (record->flags & GUC_REPORT) &&
    4171       369652 :         !(record->status & GUC_NEEDS_REPORT))
    4172              :     {
    4173       149534 :         record->status |= GUC_NEEDS_REPORT;
    4174       149534 :         slist_push_head(&guc_report_list, &record->report_link);
    4175              :     }
    4176              : 
    4177       687606 :     return changeVal ? 1 : -1;
    4178              : }
    4179              : 
    4180              : 
    4181              : /*
    4182              :  * Retrieve a config_handle for the given name, suitable for calling
    4183              :  * set_config_with_handle(). Only return handle to permanent GUC.
    4184              :  */
    4185              : config_handle *
    4186           78 : get_config_handle(const char *name)
    4187              : {
    4188           78 :     struct config_generic *gen = find_option(name, false, false, 0);
    4189              : 
    4190           78 :     if (gen && ((gen->flags & GUC_CUSTOM_PLACEHOLDER) == 0))
    4191           78 :         return gen;
    4192              : 
    4193            0 :     return NULL;
    4194              : }
    4195              : 
    4196              : 
    4197              : /*
    4198              :  * Set the fields for source file and line number the setting came from.
    4199              :  */
    4200              : static void
    4201        93683 : set_config_sourcefile(const char *name, char *sourcefile, int sourceline)
    4202              : {
    4203              :     struct config_generic *record;
    4204              :     int         elevel;
    4205              : 
    4206              :     /*
    4207              :      * To avoid cluttering the log, only the postmaster bleats loudly about
    4208              :      * problems with the config file.
    4209              :      */
    4210        93683 :     elevel = IsUnderPostmaster ? DEBUG3 : LOG;
    4211              : 
    4212        93683 :     record = find_option(name, true, false, elevel);
    4213              :     /* should not happen */
    4214        93683 :     if (record == NULL)
    4215            0 :         return;
    4216              : 
    4217        93683 :     sourcefile = guc_strdup(elevel, sourcefile);
    4218        93683 :     guc_free(record->sourcefile);
    4219        93683 :     record->sourcefile = sourcefile;
    4220        93683 :     record->sourceline = sourceline;
    4221              : }
    4222              : 
    4223              : /*
    4224              :  * Set a config option to the given value.
    4225              :  *
    4226              :  * See also set_config_option; this is just the wrapper to be called from
    4227              :  * outside GUC.  (This function should be used when possible, because its API
    4228              :  * is more stable than set_config_option's.)
    4229              :  *
    4230              :  * Note: there is no support here for setting source file/line, as it
    4231              :  * is currently not needed.
    4232              :  */
    4233              : void
    4234       179204 : SetConfigOption(const char *name, const char *value,
    4235              :                 GucContext context, GucSource source)
    4236              : {
    4237       179204 :     (void) set_config_option(name, value, context, source,
    4238              :                              GUC_ACTION_SET, true, 0, false);
    4239       179177 : }
    4240              : 
    4241              : 
    4242              : 
    4243              : /*
    4244              :  * Fetch the current value of the option `name', as a string.
    4245              :  *
    4246              :  * If the option doesn't exist, return NULL if missing_ok is true,
    4247              :  * otherwise throw an ereport and don't return.
    4248              :  *
    4249              :  * If restrict_privileged is true, we also enforce that only superusers and
    4250              :  * members of the pg_read_all_settings role can see GUC_SUPERUSER_ONLY
    4251              :  * variables.  This should only be passed as true in user-driven calls.
    4252              :  *
    4253              :  * The string is *not* allocated for modification and is really only
    4254              :  * valid until the next call to configuration related functions.
    4255              :  */
    4256              : const char *
    4257         8189 : GetConfigOption(const char *name, bool missing_ok, bool restrict_privileged)
    4258              : {
    4259              :     struct config_generic *record;
    4260              :     static char buffer[256];
    4261              : 
    4262         8189 :     record = find_option(name, false, missing_ok, ERROR);
    4263         8189 :     if (record == NULL)
    4264            1 :         return NULL;
    4265         8188 :     if (restrict_privileged &&
    4266            0 :         !ConfigOptionIsVisible(record))
    4267            0 :         ereport(ERROR,
    4268              :                 (errcode(ERRCODE_INSUFFICIENT_PRIVILEGE),
    4269              :                  errmsg("permission denied to examine \"%s\"", name),
    4270              :                  errdetail("Only roles with privileges of the \"%s\" role may examine this parameter.",
    4271              :                            "pg_read_all_settings")));
    4272              : 
    4273         8188 :     switch (record->vartype)
    4274              :     {
    4275         1393 :         case PGC_BOOL:
    4276         1393 :             return *record->_bool.variable ? "on" : "off";
    4277              : 
    4278         2093 :         case PGC_INT:
    4279         2093 :             snprintf(buffer, sizeof(buffer), "%d",
    4280         2093 :                      *record->_int.variable);
    4281         2093 :             return buffer;
    4282              : 
    4283            2 :         case PGC_REAL:
    4284            2 :             snprintf(buffer, sizeof(buffer), "%g",
    4285            2 :                      *record->_real.variable);
    4286            2 :             return buffer;
    4287              : 
    4288         3986 :         case PGC_STRING:
    4289         3986 :             return *record->_string.variable ?
    4290         3986 :                 *record->_string.variable : "";
    4291              : 
    4292          714 :         case PGC_ENUM:
    4293          714 :             return config_enum_lookup_by_value(record,
    4294          714 :                                                *record->_enum.variable);
    4295              :     }
    4296            0 :     return NULL;
    4297              : }
    4298              : 
    4299              : /*
    4300              :  * Get the RESET value associated with the given option.
    4301              :  *
    4302              :  * Note: this is not re-entrant, due to use of static result buffer;
    4303              :  * not to mention that a string variable could have its reset_val changed.
    4304              :  * Beware of assuming the result value is good for very long.
    4305              :  */
    4306              : const char *
    4307            0 : GetConfigOptionResetString(const char *name)
    4308              : {
    4309              :     struct config_generic *record;
    4310              :     static char buffer[256];
    4311              : 
    4312            0 :     record = find_option(name, false, false, ERROR);
    4313              :     Assert(record != NULL);
    4314            0 :     if (!ConfigOptionIsVisible(record))
    4315            0 :         ereport(ERROR,
    4316              :                 (errcode(ERRCODE_INSUFFICIENT_PRIVILEGE),
    4317              :                  errmsg("permission denied to examine \"%s\"", name),
    4318              :                  errdetail("Only roles with privileges of the \"%s\" role may examine this parameter.",
    4319              :                            "pg_read_all_settings")));
    4320              : 
    4321            0 :     switch (record->vartype)
    4322              :     {
    4323            0 :         case PGC_BOOL:
    4324            0 :             return record->_bool.reset_val ? "on" : "off";
    4325              : 
    4326            0 :         case PGC_INT:
    4327            0 :             snprintf(buffer, sizeof(buffer), "%d",
    4328              :                      record->_int.reset_val);
    4329            0 :             return buffer;
    4330              : 
    4331            0 :         case PGC_REAL:
    4332            0 :             snprintf(buffer, sizeof(buffer), "%g",
    4333              :                      record->_real.reset_val);
    4334            0 :             return buffer;
    4335              : 
    4336            0 :         case PGC_STRING:
    4337            0 :             return record->_string.reset_val ?
    4338            0 :                 record->_string.reset_val : "";
    4339              : 
    4340            0 :         case PGC_ENUM:
    4341            0 :             return config_enum_lookup_by_value(record,
    4342              :                                                record->_enum.reset_val);
    4343              :     }
    4344            0 :     return NULL;
    4345              : }
    4346              : 
    4347              : /*
    4348              :  * Get the GUC flags associated with the given option.
    4349              :  *
    4350              :  * If the option doesn't exist, return 0 if missing_ok is true,
    4351              :  * otherwise throw an ereport and don't return.
    4352              :  */
    4353              : int
    4354           50 : GetConfigOptionFlags(const char *name, bool missing_ok)
    4355              : {
    4356              :     struct config_generic *record;
    4357              : 
    4358           50 :     record = find_option(name, false, missing_ok, ERROR);
    4359           50 :     if (record == NULL)
    4360            0 :         return 0;
    4361           50 :     return record->flags;
    4362              : }
    4363              : 
    4364              : 
    4365              : /*
    4366              :  * Write updated configuration parameter values into a temporary file.
    4367              :  * This function traverses the list of parameters and quotes the string
    4368              :  * values before writing them.
    4369              :  */
    4370              : static void
    4371           88 : write_auto_conf_file(int fd, const char *filename, ConfigVariable *head)
    4372              : {
    4373              :     StringInfoData buf;
    4374              : 
    4375           88 :     initStringInfo(&buf);
    4376              : 
    4377              :     /* Emit file header containing warning comment */
    4378           88 :     appendStringInfoString(&buf, "# Do not edit this file manually!\n");
    4379           88 :     appendStringInfoString(&buf, "# It will be overwritten by the ALTER SYSTEM command.\n");
    4380              : 
    4381           88 :     errno = 0;
    4382           88 :     if (write(fd, buf.data, buf.len) != buf.len)
    4383              :     {
    4384              :         /* if write didn't set errno, assume problem is no disk space */
    4385            0 :         if (errno == 0)
    4386            0 :             errno = ENOSPC;
    4387            0 :         ereport(ERROR,
    4388              :                 (errcode_for_file_access(),
    4389              :                  errmsg("could not write to file \"%s\": %m", filename)));
    4390              :     }
    4391              : 
    4392              :     /* Emit each parameter, properly quoting the value */
    4393          199 :     for (ConfigVariable *item = head; item != NULL; item = item->next)
    4394              :     {
    4395              :         char       *escaped;
    4396              : 
    4397          111 :         resetStringInfo(&buf);
    4398              : 
    4399          111 :         appendStringInfoString(&buf, item->name);
    4400          111 :         appendStringInfoString(&buf, " = '");
    4401              : 
    4402          111 :         escaped = escape_single_quotes_ascii(item->value);
    4403          111 :         if (!escaped)
    4404            0 :             ereport(ERROR,
    4405              :                     (errcode(ERRCODE_OUT_OF_MEMORY),
    4406              :                      errmsg("out of memory")));
    4407          111 :         appendStringInfoString(&buf, escaped);
    4408          111 :         free(escaped);
    4409              : 
    4410          111 :         appendStringInfoString(&buf, "'\n");
    4411              : 
    4412          111 :         errno = 0;
    4413          111 :         if (write(fd, buf.data, buf.len) != buf.len)
    4414              :         {
    4415              :             /* if write didn't set errno, assume problem is no disk space */
    4416            0 :             if (errno == 0)
    4417            0 :                 errno = ENOSPC;
    4418            0 :             ereport(ERROR,
    4419              :                     (errcode_for_file_access(),
    4420              :                      errmsg("could not write to file \"%s\": %m", filename)));
    4421              :         }
    4422              :     }
    4423              : 
    4424              :     /* fsync before considering the write to be successful */
    4425           88 :     if (pg_fsync(fd) != 0)
    4426            0 :         ereport(ERROR,
    4427              :                 (errcode_for_file_access(),
    4428              :                  errmsg("could not fsync file \"%s\": %m", filename)));
    4429              : 
    4430           88 :     pfree(buf.data);
    4431           88 : }
    4432              : 
    4433              : /*
    4434              :  * Update the given list of configuration parameters, adding, replacing
    4435              :  * or deleting the entry for item "name" (delete if "value" == NULL).
    4436              :  */
    4437              : static void
    4438           88 : replace_auto_config_value(ConfigVariable **head_p, ConfigVariable **tail_p,
    4439              :                           const char *name, const char *value)
    4440              : {
    4441              :     ConfigVariable *newitem,
    4442              :                *next,
    4443           88 :                *prev = NULL;
    4444              : 
    4445              :     /*
    4446              :      * Remove any existing match(es) for "name".  Normally there'd be at most
    4447              :      * one, but if external tools have modified the config file, there could
    4448              :      * be more.
    4449              :      */
    4450          176 :     for (ConfigVariable *item = *head_p; item != NULL; item = next)
    4451              :     {
    4452           88 :         next = item->next;
    4453           88 :         if (guc_name_compare(item->name, name) == 0)
    4454              :         {
    4455              :             /* found a match, delete it */
    4456           43 :             if (prev)
    4457            6 :                 prev->next = next;
    4458              :             else
    4459           37 :                 *head_p = next;
    4460           43 :             if (next == NULL)
    4461           40 :                 *tail_p = prev;
    4462              : 
    4463           43 :             pfree(item->name);
    4464           43 :             pfree(item->value);
    4465           43 :             pfree(item->filename);
    4466           43 :             pfree(item);
    4467              :         }
    4468              :         else
    4469           45 :             prev = item;
    4470              :     }
    4471              : 
    4472              :     /* Done if we're trying to delete it */
    4473           88 :     if (value == NULL)
    4474           22 :         return;
    4475              : 
    4476              :     /* OK, append a new entry */
    4477           66 :     newitem = palloc_object(ConfigVariable);
    4478           66 :     newitem->name = pstrdup(name);
    4479           66 :     newitem->value = pstrdup(value);
    4480           66 :     newitem->errmsg = NULL;
    4481           66 :     newitem->filename = pstrdup("");   /* new item has no location */
    4482           66 :     newitem->sourceline = 0;
    4483           66 :     newitem->ignore = false;
    4484           66 :     newitem->applied = false;
    4485           66 :     newitem->next = NULL;
    4486              : 
    4487           66 :     if (*head_p == NULL)
    4488           48 :         *head_p = newitem;
    4489              :     else
    4490           18 :         (*tail_p)->next = newitem;
    4491           66 :     *tail_p = newitem;
    4492              : }
    4493              : 
    4494              : 
    4495              : /*
    4496              :  * Execute ALTER SYSTEM statement.
    4497              :  *
    4498              :  * Read the old PG_AUTOCONF_FILENAME file, merge in the new variable value,
    4499              :  * and write out an updated file.  If the command is ALTER SYSTEM RESET ALL,
    4500              :  * we can skip reading the old file and just write an empty file.
    4501              :  *
    4502              :  * An LWLock is used to serialize updates of the configuration file.
    4503              :  *
    4504              :  * In case of an error, we leave the original automatic
    4505              :  * configuration file (PG_AUTOCONF_FILENAME) intact.
    4506              :  */
    4507              : void
    4508          118 : AlterSystemSetConfigFile(AlterSystemStmt *altersysstmt)
    4509              : {
    4510              :     char       *name;
    4511              :     char       *value;
    4512          118 :     bool        resetall = false;
    4513          118 :     ConfigVariable *head = NULL;
    4514          118 :     ConfigVariable *tail = NULL;
    4515              :     volatile int Tmpfd;
    4516              :     char        AutoConfFileName[MAXPGPATH];
    4517              :     char        AutoConfTmpFileName[MAXPGPATH];
    4518              : 
    4519              :     /*
    4520              :      * Extract statement arguments
    4521              :      */
    4522          118 :     name = altersysstmt->setstmt->name;
    4523              : 
    4524          118 :     if (!AllowAlterSystem)
    4525            0 :         ereport(ERROR,
    4526              :                 (errcode(ERRCODE_FEATURE_NOT_SUPPORTED),
    4527              :                  errmsg("ALTER SYSTEM is not allowed in this environment")));
    4528              : 
    4529          118 :     switch (altersysstmt->setstmt->kind)
    4530              :     {
    4531           89 :         case VAR_SET_VALUE:
    4532           89 :             value = ExtractSetVariableArgs(altersysstmt->setstmt);
    4533           89 :             break;
    4534              : 
    4535           28 :         case VAR_SET_DEFAULT:
    4536              :         case VAR_RESET:
    4537           28 :             value = NULL;
    4538           28 :             break;
    4539              : 
    4540            1 :         case VAR_RESET_ALL:
    4541            1 :             value = NULL;
    4542            1 :             resetall = true;
    4543            1 :             break;
    4544              : 
    4545            0 :         default:
    4546            0 :             elog(ERROR, "unrecognized alter system stmt type: %d",
    4547              :                  altersysstmt->setstmt->kind);
    4548              :             break;
    4549              :     }
    4550              : 
    4551              :     /*
    4552              :      * Check permission to run ALTER SYSTEM on the target variable
    4553              :      */
    4554          118 :     if (!superuser())
    4555              :     {
    4556           23 :         if (resetall)
    4557            1 :             ereport(ERROR,
    4558              :                     (errcode(ERRCODE_INSUFFICIENT_PRIVILEGE),
    4559              :                      errmsg("permission denied to perform ALTER SYSTEM RESET ALL")));
    4560              :         else
    4561              :         {
    4562              :             AclResult   aclresult;
    4563              : 
    4564           22 :             aclresult = pg_parameter_aclcheck(name, GetUserId(),
    4565              :                                               ACL_ALTER_SYSTEM);
    4566           22 :             if (aclresult != ACLCHECK_OK)
    4567           13 :                 ereport(ERROR,
    4568              :                         (errcode(ERRCODE_INSUFFICIENT_PRIVILEGE),
    4569              :                          errmsg("permission denied to set parameter \"%s\"",
    4570              :                                 name)));
    4571              :         }
    4572              :     }
    4573              : 
    4574              :     /*
    4575              :      * Unless it's RESET_ALL, validate the target variable and value
    4576              :      */
    4577          104 :     if (!resetall)
    4578              :     {
    4579              :         struct config_generic *record;
    4580              : 
    4581              :         /* We don't want to create a placeholder if there's not one already */
    4582          104 :         record = find_option(name, false, true, DEBUG5);
    4583          104 :         if (record != NULL)
    4584              :         {
    4585              :             /*
    4586              :              * Don't allow parameters that can't be set in configuration files
    4587              :              * to be set in PG_AUTOCONF_FILENAME file.
    4588              :              */
    4589          102 :             if ((record->context == PGC_INTERNAL) ||
    4590          100 :                 (record->flags & GUC_DISALLOW_IN_FILE) ||
    4591           96 :                 (record->flags & GUC_DISALLOW_IN_AUTO_FILE))
    4592            6 :                 ereport(ERROR,
    4593              :                         (errcode(ERRCODE_CANT_CHANGE_RUNTIME_PARAM),
    4594              :                          errmsg("parameter \"%s\" cannot be changed",
    4595              :                                 name)));
    4596              : 
    4597              :             /*
    4598              :              * If a value is specified, verify that it's sane.
    4599              :              */
    4600           96 :             if (value)
    4601              :             {
    4602              :                 union config_var_val newval;
    4603           75 :                 void       *newextra = NULL;
    4604              : 
    4605           75 :                 if (!parse_and_validate_value(record, value,
    4606              :                                               PGC_S_FILE, ERROR,
    4607              :                                               &newval, &newextra))
    4608            0 :                     ereport(ERROR,
    4609              :                             (errcode(ERRCODE_INVALID_PARAMETER_VALUE),
    4610              :                              errmsg("invalid value for parameter \"%s\": \"%s\"",
    4611              :                                     name, value)));
    4612              : 
    4613           65 :                 if (record->vartype == PGC_STRING && newval.stringval != NULL)
    4614           31 :                     guc_free(newval.stringval);
    4615           65 :                 guc_free(newextra);
    4616              :             }
    4617              :         }
    4618              :         else
    4619              :         {
    4620              :             /*
    4621              :              * Variable not known; check we'd be allowed to create it.  (We
    4622              :              * cannot validate the value, but that's fine.  A non-core GUC in
    4623              :              * the config file cannot cause postmaster start to fail, so we
    4624              :              * don't have to be too tense about possibly installing a bad
    4625              :              * value.)
    4626              :              *
    4627              :              * As an exception, we skip this check if this is a RESET command
    4628              :              * for an unknown custom GUC, else there'd be no way for users to
    4629              :              * remove such settings with reserved prefixes.
    4630              :              */
    4631            2 :             if (value || !valid_custom_variable_name(name))
    4632            1 :                 (void) assignable_custom_variable_name(name, false, ERROR);
    4633              :         }
    4634              : 
    4635              :         /*
    4636              :          * We must also reject values containing newlines, because the grammar
    4637              :          * for config files doesn't support embedded newlines in string
    4638              :          * literals.
    4639              :          */
    4640           88 :         if (value && strchr(value, '\n'))
    4641            0 :             ereport(ERROR,
    4642              :                     (errcode(ERRCODE_INVALID_PARAMETER_VALUE),
    4643              :                      errmsg("parameter value for ALTER SYSTEM must not contain a newline")));
    4644              :     }
    4645              : 
    4646              :     /*
    4647              :      * PG_AUTOCONF_FILENAME and its corresponding temporary file are always in
    4648              :      * the data directory, so we can reference them by simple relative paths.
    4649              :      */
    4650           88 :     snprintf(AutoConfFileName, sizeof(AutoConfFileName), "%s",
    4651              :              PG_AUTOCONF_FILENAME);
    4652           88 :     snprintf(AutoConfTmpFileName, sizeof(AutoConfTmpFileName), "%s.%s",
    4653              :              AutoConfFileName,
    4654              :              "tmp");
    4655              : 
    4656              :     /*
    4657              :      * Only one backend is allowed to operate on PG_AUTOCONF_FILENAME at a
    4658              :      * time.  Use AutoFileLock to ensure that.  We must hold the lock while
    4659              :      * reading the old file contents.
    4660              :      */
    4661           88 :     LWLockAcquire(AutoFileLock, LW_EXCLUSIVE);
    4662              : 
    4663              :     /*
    4664              :      * If we're going to reset everything, then no need to open or parse the
    4665              :      * old file.  We'll just write out an empty list.
    4666              :      */
    4667           88 :     if (!resetall)
    4668              :     {
    4669              :         struct stat st;
    4670              : 
    4671           88 :         if (stat(AutoConfFileName, &st) == 0)
    4672              :         {
    4673              :             /* open old file PG_AUTOCONF_FILENAME */
    4674              :             FILE       *infile;
    4675              : 
    4676           88 :             infile = AllocateFile(AutoConfFileName, "r");
    4677           88 :             if (infile == NULL)
    4678            0 :                 ereport(ERROR,
    4679              :                         (errcode_for_file_access(),
    4680              :                          errmsg("could not open file \"%s\": %m",
    4681              :                                 AutoConfFileName)));
    4682              : 
    4683              :             /* parse it */
    4684           88 :             if (!ParseConfigFp(infile, AutoConfFileName, CONF_FILE_START_DEPTH,
    4685              :                                LOG, &head, &tail))
    4686            0 :                 ereport(ERROR,
    4687              :                         (errcode(ERRCODE_CONFIG_FILE_ERROR),
    4688              :                          errmsg("could not parse contents of file \"%s\"",
    4689              :                                 AutoConfFileName)));
    4690              : 
    4691           88 :             FreeFile(infile);
    4692              :         }
    4693              : 
    4694              :         /*
    4695              :          * Now, replace any existing entry with the new value, or add it if
    4696              :          * not present.
    4697              :          */
    4698           88 :         replace_auto_config_value(&head, &tail, name, value);
    4699              :     }
    4700              : 
    4701              :     /*
    4702              :      * Invoke the post-alter hook for setting this GUC variable.  GUCs
    4703              :      * typically do not have corresponding entries in pg_parameter_acl, so we
    4704              :      * call the hook using the name rather than a potentially-non-existent
    4705              :      * OID.  Nonetheless, we pass ParameterAclRelationId so that this call
    4706              :      * context can be distinguished from others.  (Note that "name" will be
    4707              :      * NULL in the RESET ALL case.)
    4708              :      *
    4709              :      * We do this here rather than at the end, because ALTER SYSTEM is not
    4710              :      * transactional.  If the hook aborts our transaction, it will be cleaner
    4711              :      * to do so before we touch any files.
    4712              :      */
    4713           88 :     InvokeObjectPostAlterHookArgStr(ParameterAclRelationId, name,
    4714              :                                     ACL_ALTER_SYSTEM,
    4715              :                                     altersysstmt->setstmt->kind,
    4716              :                                     false);
    4717              : 
    4718              :     /*
    4719              :      * To ensure crash safety, first write the new file data to a temp file,
    4720              :      * then atomically rename it into place.
    4721              :      *
    4722              :      * If there is a temp file left over due to a previous crash, it's okay to
    4723              :      * truncate and reuse it.
    4724              :      */
    4725           88 :     Tmpfd = BasicOpenFile(AutoConfTmpFileName,
    4726              :                           O_CREAT | O_RDWR | O_TRUNC);
    4727           88 :     if (Tmpfd < 0)
    4728            0 :         ereport(ERROR,
    4729              :                 (errcode_for_file_access(),
    4730              :                  errmsg("could not open file \"%s\": %m",
    4731              :                         AutoConfTmpFileName)));
    4732              : 
    4733              :     /*
    4734              :      * Use a TRY block to clean up the file if we fail.  Since we need a TRY
    4735              :      * block anyway, OK to use BasicOpenFile rather than OpenTransientFile.
    4736              :      */
    4737           88 :     PG_TRY();
    4738              :     {
    4739              :         /* Write and sync the new contents to the temporary file */
    4740           88 :         write_auto_conf_file(Tmpfd, AutoConfTmpFileName, head);
    4741              : 
    4742              :         /* Close before renaming; may be required on some platforms */
    4743           88 :         close(Tmpfd);
    4744           88 :         Tmpfd = -1;
    4745              : 
    4746              :         /*
    4747              :          * As the rename is atomic operation, if any problem occurs after this
    4748              :          * at worst it can lose the parameters set by last ALTER SYSTEM
    4749              :          * command.
    4750              :          */
    4751           88 :         durable_rename(AutoConfTmpFileName, AutoConfFileName, ERROR);
    4752              :     }
    4753            0 :     PG_CATCH();
    4754              :     {
    4755              :         /* Close file first, else unlink might fail on some platforms */
    4756            0 :         if (Tmpfd >= 0)
    4757            0 :             close(Tmpfd);
    4758              : 
    4759              :         /* Unlink, but ignore any error */
    4760            0 :         (void) unlink(AutoConfTmpFileName);
    4761              : 
    4762            0 :         PG_RE_THROW();
    4763              :     }
    4764           88 :     PG_END_TRY();
    4765              : 
    4766           88 :     FreeConfigVariables(head);
    4767              : 
    4768           88 :     LWLockRelease(AutoFileLock);
    4769           88 : }
    4770              : 
    4771              : 
    4772              : /*
    4773              :  * Common code for DefineCustomXXXVariable subroutines: allocate the
    4774              :  * new variable's config struct and fill in generic fields.
    4775              :  */
    4776              : static struct config_generic *
    4777        12315 : init_custom_variable(const char *name,
    4778              :                      const char *short_desc,
    4779              :                      const char *long_desc,
    4780              :                      GucContext context,
    4781              :                      int flags,
    4782              :                      enum config_type type)
    4783              : {
    4784              :     struct config_generic *gen;
    4785              : 
    4786              :     /*
    4787              :      * Only allow custom PGC_POSTMASTER variables to be created during shared
    4788              :      * library preload; any later than that, we can't ensure that the value
    4789              :      * doesn't change after startup.  This is a fatal elog if it happens; just
    4790              :      * erroring out isn't safe because we don't know what the calling loadable
    4791              :      * module might already have hooked into.
    4792              :      */
    4793        12315 :     if (context == PGC_POSTMASTER &&
    4794           12 :         !process_shared_preload_libraries_in_progress)
    4795            0 :         elog(FATAL, "cannot create PGC_POSTMASTER variables after startup");
    4796              : 
    4797              :     /*
    4798              :      * We can't support custom GUC_LIST_QUOTE variables, because the wrong
    4799              :      * things would happen if such a variable were set or pg_dump'd when the
    4800              :      * defining extension isn't loaded.  Again, treat this as fatal because
    4801              :      * the loadable module may be partly initialized already.
    4802              :      */
    4803        12315 :     if (flags & GUC_LIST_QUOTE)
    4804            0 :         elog(FATAL, "extensions cannot define GUC_LIST_QUOTE variables");
    4805              : 
    4806              :     /*
    4807              :      * Before pljava commit 398f3b876ed402bdaec8bc804f29e2be95c75139
    4808              :      * (2015-12-15), two of that module's PGC_USERSET variables facilitated
    4809              :      * trivial escalation to superuser privileges.  Restrict the variables to
    4810              :      * protect sites that have yet to upgrade pljava.
    4811              :      */
    4812        12315 :     if (context == PGC_USERSET &&
    4813         9509 :         (strcmp(name, "pljava.classpath") == 0 ||
    4814         9509 :          strcmp(name, "pljava.vmoptions") == 0))
    4815            0 :         context = PGC_SUSET;
    4816              : 
    4817              :     /* As above, an OOM here is FATAL */
    4818        12315 :     gen = (struct config_generic *) guc_malloc(FATAL, sizeof(struct config_generic));
    4819        12315 :     memset(gen, 0, sizeof(struct config_generic));
    4820              : 
    4821        12315 :     gen->name = guc_strdup(FATAL, name);
    4822        12315 :     gen->context = context;
    4823        12315 :     gen->group = CUSTOM_OPTIONS;
    4824        12315 :     gen->short_desc = short_desc;
    4825        12315 :     gen->long_desc = long_desc;
    4826        12315 :     gen->flags = flags;
    4827        12315 :     gen->vartype = type;
    4828              : 
    4829        12315 :     return gen;
    4830              : }
    4831              : 
    4832              : /*
    4833              :  * Common code for DefineCustomXXXVariable subroutines: insert the new
    4834              :  * variable into the GUC variable hash, replacing any placeholder.
    4835              :  */
    4836              : static void
    4837        12315 : define_custom_variable(struct config_generic *variable)
    4838              : {
    4839        12315 :     const char *name = variable->name;
    4840              :     GUCHashEntry *hentry;
    4841              :     struct config_generic *pHolder;
    4842              : 
    4843              :     /* Check mapping between initial and default value */
    4844              :     Assert(check_GUC_init(variable));
    4845              : 
    4846              :     /*
    4847              :      * See if there's a placeholder by the same name.
    4848              :      */
    4849        12315 :     hentry = (GUCHashEntry *) hash_search(guc_hashtab,
    4850              :                                           &name,
    4851              :                                           HASH_FIND,
    4852              :                                           NULL);
    4853        12315 :     if (hentry == NULL)
    4854              :     {
    4855              :         /*
    4856              :          * No placeholder to replace, so we can just add it ... but first,
    4857              :          * make sure it's initialized to its default value.
    4858              :          */
    4859        12245 :         InitializeOneGUCOption(variable);
    4860        12245 :         add_guc_variable(variable, ERROR);
    4861        12245 :         return;
    4862              :     }
    4863              : 
    4864              :     /*
    4865              :      * This better be a placeholder
    4866              :      */
    4867           70 :     if ((hentry->gucvar->flags & GUC_CUSTOM_PLACEHOLDER) == 0)
    4868            0 :         ereport(ERROR,
    4869              :                 (errcode(ERRCODE_INTERNAL_ERROR),
    4870              :                  errmsg("attempt to redefine parameter \"%s\"", name)));
    4871              : 
    4872              :     Assert(hentry->gucvar->vartype == PGC_STRING);
    4873           70 :     pHolder = hentry->gucvar;
    4874              : 
    4875              :     /*
    4876              :      * First, set the variable to its default value.  We must do this even
    4877              :      * though we intend to immediately apply a new value, since it's possible
    4878              :      * that the new value is invalid.
    4879              :      */
    4880           70 :     InitializeOneGUCOption(variable);
    4881              : 
    4882              :     /*
    4883              :      * Replace the placeholder in the hash table.  We aren't changing the name
    4884              :      * (at least up to case-folding), so the hash value is unchanged.
    4885              :      */
    4886           70 :     hentry->gucname = name;
    4887           70 :     hentry->gucvar = variable;
    4888              : 
    4889              :     /*
    4890              :      * Remove the placeholder from any lists it's in, too.
    4891              :      */
    4892           70 :     RemoveGUCFromLists(pHolder);
    4893              : 
    4894              :     /*
    4895              :      * Assign the string value(s) stored in the placeholder to the real
    4896              :      * variable.  Essentially, we need to duplicate all the active and stacked
    4897              :      * values, but with appropriate validation and datatype adjustment.
    4898              :      *
    4899              :      * If an assignment fails, we report a WARNING and keep going.  We don't
    4900              :      * want to throw ERROR for bad values, because it'd bollix the add-on
    4901              :      * module that's presumably halfway through getting loaded.  In such cases
    4902              :      * the default or previous state will become active instead.
    4903              :      */
    4904              : 
    4905              :     /* First, apply the reset value if any */
    4906           70 :     if (pHolder->_string.reset_val)
    4907           67 :         (void) set_config_option_ext(name, pHolder->_string.reset_val,
    4908              :                                      pHolder->reset_scontext,
    4909              :                                      pHolder->reset_source,
    4910              :                                      pHolder->reset_srole,
    4911              :                                      GUC_ACTION_SET, true, WARNING, false);
    4912              :     /* That should not have resulted in stacking anything */
    4913              :     Assert(variable->stack == NULL);
    4914              : 
    4915              :     /* Now, apply current and stacked values, in the order they were stacked */
    4916           70 :     reapply_stacked_values(variable, pHolder, pHolder->stack,
    4917           70 :                            *(pHolder->_string.variable),
    4918              :                            pHolder->scontext, pHolder->source,
    4919              :                            pHolder->srole);
    4920              : 
    4921              :     /* Also copy over any saved source-location information */
    4922           70 :     if (pHolder->sourcefile)
    4923           58 :         set_config_sourcefile(name, pHolder->sourcefile,
    4924              :                               pHolder->sourceline);
    4925              : 
    4926              :     /* Now we can free the no-longer-referenced placeholder variable */
    4927           70 :     free_placeholder(pHolder);
    4928              : }
    4929              : 
    4930              : /*
    4931              :  * Recursive subroutine for define_custom_variable: reapply non-reset values
    4932              :  *
    4933              :  * We recurse so that the values are applied in the same order as originally.
    4934              :  * At each recursion level, apply the upper-level value (passed in) in the
    4935              :  * fashion implied by the stack entry.
    4936              :  */
    4937              : static void
    4938           70 : reapply_stacked_values(struct config_generic *variable,
    4939              :                        struct config_generic *pHolder,
    4940              :                        GucStack *stack,
    4941              :                        const char *curvalue,
    4942              :                        GucContext curscontext, GucSource cursource,
    4943              :                        Oid cursrole)
    4944              : {
    4945           70 :     const char *name = variable->name;
    4946           70 :     GucStack   *oldvarstack = variable->stack;
    4947              : 
    4948           70 :     if (stack != NULL)
    4949              :     {
    4950              :         /* First, recurse, so that stack items are processed bottom to top */
    4951            0 :         reapply_stacked_values(variable, pHolder, stack->prev,
    4952            0 :                                stack->prior.val.stringval,
    4953              :                                stack->scontext, stack->source, stack->srole);
    4954              : 
    4955              :         /* See how to apply the passed-in value */
    4956            0 :         switch (stack->state)
    4957              :         {
    4958            0 :             case GUC_SAVE:
    4959            0 :                 (void) set_config_option_ext(name, curvalue,
    4960              :                                              curscontext, cursource, cursrole,
    4961              :                                              GUC_ACTION_SAVE, true,
    4962              :                                              WARNING, false);
    4963            0 :                 break;
    4964              : 
    4965            0 :             case GUC_SET:
    4966            0 :                 (void) set_config_option_ext(name, curvalue,
    4967              :                                              curscontext, cursource, cursrole,
    4968              :                                              GUC_ACTION_SET, true,
    4969              :                                              WARNING, false);
    4970            0 :                 break;
    4971              : 
    4972            0 :             case GUC_LOCAL:
    4973            0 :                 (void) set_config_option_ext(name, curvalue,
    4974              :                                              curscontext, cursource, cursrole,
    4975              :                                              GUC_ACTION_LOCAL, true,
    4976              :                                              WARNING, false);
    4977            0 :                 break;
    4978              : 
    4979            0 :             case GUC_SET_LOCAL:
    4980              :                 /* first, apply the masked value as SET */
    4981            0 :                 (void) set_config_option_ext(name, stack->masked.val.stringval,
    4982              :                                              stack->masked_scontext,
    4983              :                                              PGC_S_SESSION,
    4984              :                                              stack->masked_srole,
    4985              :                                              GUC_ACTION_SET, true,
    4986              :                                              WARNING, false);
    4987              :                 /* then apply the current value as LOCAL */
    4988            0 :                 (void) set_config_option_ext(name, curvalue,
    4989              :                                              curscontext, cursource, cursrole,
    4990              :                                              GUC_ACTION_LOCAL, true,
    4991              :                                              WARNING, false);
    4992            0 :                 break;
    4993              :         }
    4994              : 
    4995              :         /* If we successfully made a stack entry, adjust its nest level */
    4996            0 :         if (variable->stack != oldvarstack)
    4997            0 :             variable->stack->nest_level = stack->nest_level;
    4998              :     }
    4999              :     else
    5000              :     {
    5001              :         /*
    5002              :          * We are at the end of the stack.  If the active/previous value is
    5003              :          * different from the reset value, it must represent a previously
    5004              :          * committed session value.  Apply it, and then drop the stack entry
    5005              :          * that set_config_option will have created under the impression that
    5006              :          * this is to be just a transactional assignment.  (We leak the stack
    5007              :          * entry.)
    5008              :          */
    5009           70 :         if (curvalue != pHolder->_string.reset_val ||
    5010           67 :             curscontext != pHolder->reset_scontext ||
    5011           67 :             cursource != pHolder->reset_source ||
    5012           67 :             cursrole != pHolder->reset_srole)
    5013              :         {
    5014            3 :             (void) set_config_option_ext(name, curvalue,
    5015              :                                          curscontext, cursource, cursrole,
    5016              :                                          GUC_ACTION_SET, true, WARNING, false);
    5017            3 :             if (variable->stack != NULL)
    5018              :             {
    5019            2 :                 slist_delete(&guc_stack_list, &variable->stack_link);
    5020            2 :                 variable->stack = NULL;
    5021              :             }
    5022              :         }
    5023              :     }
    5024           70 : }
    5025              : 
    5026              : /*
    5027              :  * Free up a no-longer-referenced placeholder GUC variable.
    5028              :  *
    5029              :  * This neglects any stack items, so it's possible for some memory to be
    5030              :  * leaked.  Since this can only happen once per session per variable, it
    5031              :  * doesn't seem worth spending much code on.
    5032              :  */
    5033              : static void
    5034           75 : free_placeholder(struct config_generic *pHolder)
    5035              : {
    5036              :     /* Placeholders are always STRING type, so free their values */
    5037              :     Assert(pHolder->vartype == PGC_STRING);
    5038           75 :     set_string_field(pHolder, pHolder->_string.variable, NULL);
    5039           75 :     set_string_field(pHolder, &pHolder->_string.reset_val, NULL);
    5040              : 
    5041           75 :     guc_free(unconstify(char *, pHolder->name));
    5042           75 :     guc_free(pHolder);
    5043           75 : }
    5044              : 
    5045              : /*
    5046              :  * Functions for extensions to call to define their custom GUC variables.
    5047              :  */
    5048              : void
    5049         4940 : DefineCustomBoolVariable(const char *name,
    5050              :                          const char *short_desc,
    5051              :                          const char *long_desc,
    5052              :                          bool *valueAddr,
    5053              :                          bool bootValue,
    5054              :                          GucContext context,
    5055              :                          int flags,
    5056              :                          GucBoolCheckHook check_hook,
    5057              :                          GucBoolAssignHook assign_hook,
    5058              :                          GucShowHook show_hook)
    5059              : {
    5060              :     struct config_generic *var;
    5061              : 
    5062         4940 :     var = init_custom_variable(name, short_desc, long_desc, context, flags, PGC_BOOL);
    5063         4940 :     var->_bool.variable = valueAddr;
    5064         4940 :     var->_bool.boot_val = bootValue;
    5065         4940 :     var->_bool.reset_val = bootValue;
    5066         4940 :     var->_bool.check_hook = check_hook;
    5067         4940 :     var->_bool.assign_hook = assign_hook;
    5068         4940 :     var->_bool.show_hook = show_hook;
    5069         4940 :     define_custom_variable(var);
    5070         4940 : }
    5071              : 
    5072              : void
    5073           67 : DefineCustomIntVariable(const char *name,
    5074              :                         const char *short_desc,
    5075              :                         const char *long_desc,
    5076              :                         int *valueAddr,
    5077              :                         int bootValue,
    5078              :                         int minValue,
    5079              :                         int maxValue,
    5080              :                         GucContext context,
    5081              :                         int flags,
    5082              :                         GucIntCheckHook check_hook,
    5083              :                         GucIntAssignHook assign_hook,
    5084              :                         GucShowHook show_hook)
    5085              : {
    5086              :     struct config_generic *var;
    5087              : 
    5088           67 :     var = init_custom_variable(name, short_desc, long_desc, context, flags, PGC_INT);
    5089           67 :     var->_int.variable = valueAddr;
    5090           67 :     var->_int.boot_val = bootValue;
    5091           67 :     var->_int.reset_val = bootValue;
    5092           67 :     var->_int.min = minValue;
    5093           67 :     var->_int.max = maxValue;
    5094           67 :     var->_int.check_hook = check_hook;
    5095           67 :     var->_int.assign_hook = assign_hook;
    5096           67 :     var->_int.show_hook = show_hook;
    5097           67 :     define_custom_variable(var);
    5098           67 : }
    5099              : 
    5100              : void
    5101           28 : DefineCustomRealVariable(const char *name,
    5102              :                          const char *short_desc,
    5103              :                          const char *long_desc,
    5104              :                          double *valueAddr,
    5105              :                          double bootValue,
    5106              :                          double minValue,
    5107              :                          double maxValue,
    5108              :                          GucContext context,
    5109              :                          int flags,
    5110              :                          GucRealCheckHook check_hook,
    5111              :                          GucRealAssignHook assign_hook,
    5112              :                          GucShowHook show_hook)
    5113              : {
    5114              :     struct config_generic *var;
    5115              : 
    5116           28 :     var = init_custom_variable(name, short_desc, long_desc, context, flags, PGC_REAL);
    5117           28 :     var->_real.variable = valueAddr;
    5118           28 :     var->_real.boot_val = bootValue;
    5119           28 :     var->_real.reset_val = bootValue;
    5120           28 :     var->_real.min = minValue;
    5121           28 :     var->_real.max = maxValue;
    5122           28 :     var->_real.check_hook = check_hook;
    5123           28 :     var->_real.assign_hook = assign_hook;
    5124           28 :     var->_real.show_hook = show_hook;
    5125           28 :     define_custom_variable(var);
    5126           28 : }
    5127              : 
    5128              : void
    5129         4873 : DefineCustomStringVariable(const char *name,
    5130              :                            const char *short_desc,
    5131              :                            const char *long_desc,
    5132              :                            char **valueAddr,
    5133              :                            const char *bootValue,
    5134              :                            GucContext context,
    5135              :                            int flags,
    5136              :                            GucStringCheckHook check_hook,
    5137              :                            GucStringAssignHook assign_hook,
    5138              :                            GucShowHook show_hook)
    5139              : {
    5140              :     struct config_generic *var;
    5141              : 
    5142         4873 :     var = init_custom_variable(name, short_desc, long_desc, context, flags, PGC_STRING);
    5143         4873 :     var->_string.variable = valueAddr;
    5144         4873 :     var->_string.boot_val = bootValue;
    5145         4873 :     var->_string.check_hook = check_hook;
    5146         4873 :     var->_string.assign_hook = assign_hook;
    5147         4873 :     var->_string.show_hook = show_hook;
    5148         4873 :     define_custom_variable(var);
    5149         4873 : }
    5150              : 
    5151              : void
    5152         2407 : DefineCustomEnumVariable(const char *name,
    5153              :                          const char *short_desc,
    5154              :                          const char *long_desc,
    5155              :                          int *valueAddr,
    5156              :                          int bootValue,
    5157              :                          const struct config_enum_entry *options,
    5158              :                          GucContext context,
    5159              :                          int flags,
    5160              :                          GucEnumCheckHook check_hook,
    5161              :                          GucEnumAssignHook assign_hook,
    5162              :                          GucShowHook show_hook)
    5163              : {
    5164              :     struct config_generic *var;
    5165              : 
    5166         2407 :     var = init_custom_variable(name, short_desc, long_desc, context, flags, PGC_ENUM);
    5167         2407 :     var->_enum.variable = valueAddr;
    5168         2407 :     var->_enum.boot_val = bootValue;
    5169         2407 :     var->_enum.reset_val = bootValue;
    5170         2407 :     var->_enum.options = options;
    5171         2407 :     var->_enum.check_hook = check_hook;
    5172         2407 :     var->_enum.assign_hook = assign_hook;
    5173         2407 :     var->_enum.show_hook = show_hook;
    5174         2407 :     define_custom_variable(var);
    5175         2407 : }
    5176              : 
    5177              : /*
    5178              :  * Mark the given GUC prefix as "reserved".
    5179              :  *
    5180              :  * This deletes any existing placeholders matching the prefix,
    5181              :  * and then prevents new ones from being created.
    5182              :  * Extensions should call this after they've defined all of their custom
    5183              :  * GUCs, to help catch misspelled config-file entries.
    5184              :  */
    5185              : void
    5186         2498 : MarkGUCPrefixReserved(const char *className)
    5187              : {
    5188         2498 :     int         classLen = strlen(className);
    5189              :     HASH_SEQ_STATUS status;
    5190              :     GUCHashEntry *hentry;
    5191              :     MemoryContext oldcontext;
    5192              : 
    5193              :     /*
    5194              :      * Check for existing placeholders.  We must actually remove invalid
    5195              :      * placeholders, else future parallel worker startups will fail.
    5196              :      */
    5197         2498 :     hash_seq_init(&status, guc_hashtab);
    5198      1073797 :     while ((hentry = (GUCHashEntry *) hash_seq_search(&status)) != NULL)
    5199              :     {
    5200      1071299 :         struct config_generic *var = hentry->gucvar;
    5201              : 
    5202      1071299 :         if ((var->flags & GUC_CUSTOM_PLACEHOLDER) != 0 &&
    5203           16 :             strncmp(className, var->name, classLen) == 0 &&
    5204            5 :             var->name[classLen] == GUC_QUALIFIER_SEPARATOR)
    5205              :         {
    5206            5 :             ereport(WARNING,
    5207              :                     (errcode(ERRCODE_INVALID_NAME),
    5208              :                      errmsg("invalid configuration parameter name \"%s\", removing it",
    5209              :                             var->name),
    5210              :                      errdetail("\"%s\" is now a reserved prefix.",
    5211              :                                className)));
    5212              :             /* Remove it from the hash table */
    5213            5 :             hash_search(guc_hashtab,
    5214            5 :                         &var->name,
    5215              :                         HASH_REMOVE,
    5216              :                         NULL);
    5217              :             /* Remove it from any lists it's in, too */
    5218            5 :             RemoveGUCFromLists(var);
    5219              :             /* And free it */
    5220            5 :             free_placeholder(var);
    5221              :         }
    5222              :     }
    5223              : 
    5224              :     /* And remember the name so we can prevent future mistakes. */
    5225         2498 :     oldcontext = MemoryContextSwitchTo(GUCMemoryContext);
    5226         2498 :     reserved_class_prefix = lappend(reserved_class_prefix, pstrdup(className));
    5227         2498 :     MemoryContextSwitchTo(oldcontext);
    5228         2498 : }
    5229              : 
    5230              : 
    5231              : /*
    5232              :  * Return an array of modified GUC options to show in EXPLAIN.
    5233              :  *
    5234              :  * We only report options related to query planning (marked with GUC_EXPLAIN),
    5235              :  * with values different from their built-in defaults.
    5236              :  */
    5237              : struct config_generic **
    5238            8 : get_explain_guc_options(int *num)
    5239              : {
    5240              :     struct config_generic **result;
    5241              :     dlist_iter  iter;
    5242              : 
    5243            8 :     *num = 0;
    5244              : 
    5245              :     /*
    5246              :      * While only a fraction of all the GUC variables are marked GUC_EXPLAIN,
    5247              :      * it doesn't seem worth dynamically resizing this array.
    5248              :      */
    5249            8 :     result = palloc_array(struct config_generic *, hash_get_num_entries(guc_hashtab));
    5250              : 
    5251              :     /* We need only consider GUCs with source not PGC_S_DEFAULT */
    5252          488 :     dlist_foreach(iter, &guc_nondef_list)
    5253              :     {
    5254          480 :         struct config_generic *conf = dlist_container(struct config_generic,
    5255              :                                                       nondef_link, iter.cur);
    5256              :         bool        modified;
    5257              : 
    5258              :         /* return only parameters marked for inclusion in explain */
    5259          480 :         if (!(conf->flags & GUC_EXPLAIN))
    5260          464 :             continue;
    5261              : 
    5262              :         /* return only options visible to the current user */
    5263           16 :         if (!ConfigOptionIsVisible(conf))
    5264            0 :             continue;
    5265              : 
    5266              :         /* return only options that are different from their boot values */
    5267           16 :         modified = false;
    5268              : 
    5269           16 :         switch (conf->vartype)
    5270              :         {
    5271            8 :             case PGC_BOOL:
    5272              :                 {
    5273            8 :                     struct config_bool *lconf = &conf->_bool;
    5274              : 
    5275            8 :                     modified = (lconf->boot_val != *(lconf->variable));
    5276              :                 }
    5277            8 :                 break;
    5278              : 
    5279            0 :             case PGC_INT:
    5280              :                 {
    5281            0 :                     struct config_int *lconf = &conf->_int;
    5282              : 
    5283            0 :                     modified = (lconf->boot_val != *(lconf->variable));
    5284              :                 }
    5285            0 :                 break;
    5286              : 
    5287            0 :             case PGC_REAL:
    5288              :                 {
    5289            0 :                     struct config_real *lconf = &conf->_real;
    5290              : 
    5291            0 :                     modified = (lconf->boot_val != *(lconf->variable));
    5292              :                 }
    5293            0 :                 break;
    5294              : 
    5295            0 :             case PGC_STRING:
    5296              :                 {
    5297            0 :                     struct config_string *lconf = &conf->_string;
    5298              : 
    5299            0 :                     if (lconf->boot_val == NULL &&
    5300            0 :                         *lconf->variable == NULL)
    5301            0 :                         modified = false;
    5302            0 :                     else if (lconf->boot_val == NULL ||
    5303            0 :                              *lconf->variable == NULL)
    5304            0 :                         modified = true;
    5305              :                     else
    5306            0 :                         modified = (strcmp(lconf->boot_val, *(lconf->variable)) != 0);
    5307              :                 }
    5308            0 :                 break;
    5309              : 
    5310            8 :             case PGC_ENUM:
    5311              :                 {
    5312            8 :                     struct config_enum *lconf = &conf->_enum;
    5313              : 
    5314            8 :                     modified = (lconf->boot_val != *(lconf->variable));
    5315              :                 }
    5316            8 :                 break;
    5317              : 
    5318            0 :             default:
    5319            0 :                 elog(ERROR, "unexpected GUC type: %d", conf->vartype);
    5320              :         }
    5321              : 
    5322           16 :         if (!modified)
    5323            8 :             continue;
    5324              : 
    5325              :         /* OK, report it */
    5326            8 :         result[*num] = conf;
    5327            8 :         *num = *num + 1;
    5328              :     }
    5329              : 
    5330            8 :     return result;
    5331              : }
    5332              : 
    5333              : /*
    5334              :  * Return GUC variable value by name; optionally return canonical form of
    5335              :  * name.  If the GUC is unset, then throw an error unless missing_ok is true,
    5336              :  * in which case return NULL.  Return value is palloc'd (but *varname isn't).
    5337              :  */
    5338              : char *
    5339         7222 : GetConfigOptionByName(const char *name, const char **varname, bool missing_ok)
    5340              : {
    5341              :     struct config_generic *record;
    5342              : 
    5343         7222 :     record = find_option(name, false, missing_ok, ERROR);
    5344         7197 :     if (record == NULL)
    5345              :     {
    5346            4 :         if (varname)
    5347            0 :             *varname = NULL;
    5348            4 :         return NULL;
    5349              :     }
    5350              : 
    5351         7193 :     if (!ConfigOptionIsVisible(record))
    5352            1 :         ereport(ERROR,
    5353              :                 (errcode(ERRCODE_INSUFFICIENT_PRIVILEGE),
    5354              :                  errmsg("permission denied to examine \"%s\"", name),
    5355              :                  errdetail("Only roles with privileges of the \"%s\" role may examine this parameter.",
    5356              :                            "pg_read_all_settings")));
    5357              : 
    5358         7192 :     if (varname)
    5359         1740 :         *varname = record->name;
    5360              : 
    5361         7192 :     return ShowGUCOption(record, true);
    5362              : }
    5363              : 
    5364              : /*
    5365              :  * ShowGUCOption: get string value of variable
    5366              :  *
    5367              :  * We express a numeric value in appropriate units if it has units and
    5368              :  * use_units is true; else you just get the raw number.
    5369              :  * The result string is palloc'd.
    5370              :  */
    5371              : char *
    5372      1193474 : ShowGUCOption(const struct config_generic *record, bool use_units)
    5373              : {
    5374              :     char        buffer[256];
    5375              :     const char *val;
    5376              : 
    5377      1193474 :     switch (record->vartype)
    5378              :     {
    5379       327186 :         case PGC_BOOL:
    5380              :             {
    5381       327186 :                 const struct config_bool *conf = &record->_bool;
    5382              : 
    5383       327186 :                 if (conf->show_hook)
    5384        17305 :                     val = conf->show_hook();
    5385              :                 else
    5386       309881 :                     val = *conf->variable ? "on" : "off";
    5387              :             }
    5388       327186 :             break;
    5389              : 
    5390       308315 :         case PGC_INT:
    5391              :             {
    5392       308315 :                 const struct config_int *conf = &record->_int;
    5393              : 
    5394       308315 :                 if (conf->show_hook)
    5395        14069 :                     val = conf->show_hook();
    5396              :                 else
    5397              :                 {
    5398              :                     /*
    5399              :                      * Use int64 arithmetic to avoid overflows in units
    5400              :                      * conversion.
    5401              :                      */
    5402       294246 :                     int64       result = *conf->variable;
    5403              :                     const char *unit;
    5404              : 
    5405       294246 :                     if (use_units && result > 0 && (record->flags & GUC_UNIT))
    5406          423 :                         convert_int_from_base_unit(result,
    5407          423 :                                                    record->flags & GUC_UNIT,
    5408              :                                                    &result, &unit);
    5409              :                     else
    5410       293823 :                         unit = "";
    5411              : 
    5412       294246 :                     snprintf(buffer, sizeof(buffer), INT64_FORMAT "%s",
    5413              :                              result, unit);
    5414       294246 :                     val = buffer;
    5415              :                 }
    5416              :             }
    5417       308315 :             break;
    5418              : 
    5419        60696 :         case PGC_REAL:
    5420              :             {
    5421        60696 :                 const struct config_real *conf = &record->_real;
    5422              : 
    5423        60696 :                 if (conf->show_hook)
    5424            0 :                     val = conf->show_hook();
    5425              :                 else
    5426              :                 {
    5427        60696 :                     double      result = *conf->variable;
    5428              :                     const char *unit;
    5429              : 
    5430        60696 :                     if (use_units && result > 0 && (record->flags & GUC_UNIT))
    5431          178 :                         convert_real_from_base_unit(result,
    5432          178 :                                                     record->flags & GUC_UNIT,
    5433              :                                                     &result, &unit);
    5434              :                     else
    5435        60518 :                         unit = "";
    5436              : 
    5437        60696 :                     snprintf(buffer, sizeof(buffer), "%g%s",
    5438              :                              result, unit);
    5439        60696 :                     val = buffer;
    5440              :                 }
    5441              :             }
    5442        60696 :             break;
    5443              : 
    5444       394511 :         case PGC_STRING:
    5445              :             {
    5446       394511 :                 const struct config_string *conf = &record->_string;
    5447              : 
    5448       394511 :                 if (conf->show_hook)
    5449        35409 :                     val = conf->show_hook();
    5450       359102 :                 else if (*conf->variable && **conf->variable)
    5451       275088 :                     val = *conf->variable;
    5452              :                 else
    5453        84014 :                     val = "";
    5454              :             }
    5455       394511 :             break;
    5456              : 
    5457       102766 :         case PGC_ENUM:
    5458              :             {
    5459       102766 :                 const struct config_enum *conf = &record->_enum;
    5460              : 
    5461       102766 :                 if (conf->show_hook)
    5462         1985 :                     val = conf->show_hook();
    5463              :                 else
    5464       100781 :                     val = config_enum_lookup_by_value(record, *conf->variable);
    5465              :             }
    5466       102766 :             break;
    5467              : 
    5468            0 :         default:
    5469              :             /* just to keep compiler quiet */
    5470            0 :             val = "???";
    5471            0 :             break;
    5472              :     }
    5473              : 
    5474      1193474 :     return pstrdup(val);
    5475              : }
    5476              : 
    5477              : 
    5478              : #ifdef EXEC_BACKEND
    5479              : 
    5480              : /*
    5481              :  *  These routines dump out all non-default GUC options into a binary
    5482              :  *  file that is read by all exec'ed backends.  The format is:
    5483              :  *
    5484              :  *      variable name, string, null terminated
    5485              :  *      variable value, string, null terminated
    5486              :  *      variable sourcefile, string, null terminated (empty if none)
    5487              :  *      variable sourceline, integer
    5488              :  *      variable source, integer
    5489              :  *      variable scontext, integer
    5490              :  *      variable srole, OID
    5491              :  */
    5492              : static void
    5493              : write_one_nondefault_variable(FILE *fp, struct config_generic *gconf)
    5494              : {
    5495              :     Assert(gconf->source != PGC_S_DEFAULT);
    5496              : 
    5497              :     fprintf(fp, "%s", gconf->name);
    5498              :     fputc(0, fp);
    5499              : 
    5500              :     switch (gconf->vartype)
    5501              :     {
    5502              :         case PGC_BOOL:
    5503              :             {
    5504              :                 struct config_bool *conf = &gconf->_bool;
    5505              : 
    5506              :                 if (*conf->variable)
    5507              :                     fprintf(fp, "true");
    5508              :                 else
    5509              :                     fprintf(fp, "false");
    5510              :             }
    5511              :             break;
    5512              : 
    5513              :         case PGC_INT:
    5514              :             {
    5515              :                 struct config_int *conf = &gconf->_int;
    5516              : 
    5517              :                 fprintf(fp, "%d", *conf->variable);
    5518              :             }
    5519              :             break;
    5520              : 
    5521              :         case PGC_REAL:
    5522              :             {
    5523              :                 struct config_real *conf = &gconf->_real;
    5524              : 
    5525              :                 fprintf(fp, "%.17g", *conf->variable);
    5526              :             }
    5527              :             break;
    5528              : 
    5529              :         case PGC_STRING:
    5530              :             {
    5531              :                 struct config_string *conf = &gconf->_string;
    5532              : 
    5533              :                 if (*conf->variable)
    5534              :                     fprintf(fp, "%s", *conf->variable);
    5535              :             }
    5536              :             break;
    5537              : 
    5538              :         case PGC_ENUM:
    5539              :             {
    5540              :                 struct config_enum *conf = &gconf->_enum;
    5541              : 
    5542              :                 fprintf(fp, "%s",
    5543              :                         config_enum_lookup_by_value(gconf, *conf->variable));
    5544              :             }
    5545              :             break;
    5546              :     }
    5547              : 
    5548              :     fputc(0, fp);
    5549              : 
    5550              :     if (gconf->sourcefile)
    5551              :         fprintf(fp, "%s", gconf->sourcefile);
    5552              :     fputc(0, fp);
    5553              : 
    5554              :     fwrite(&gconf->sourceline, 1, sizeof(gconf->sourceline), fp);
    5555              :     fwrite(&gconf->source, 1, sizeof(gconf->source), fp);
    5556              :     fwrite(&gconf->scontext, 1, sizeof(gconf->scontext), fp);
    5557              :     fwrite(&gconf->srole, 1, sizeof(gconf->srole), fp);
    5558              : }
    5559              : 
    5560              : void
    5561              : write_nondefault_variables(GucContext context)
    5562              : {
    5563              :     int         elevel;
    5564              :     FILE       *fp;
    5565              :     dlist_iter  iter;
    5566              : 
    5567              :     Assert(context == PGC_POSTMASTER || context == PGC_SIGHUP);
    5568              : 
    5569              :     elevel = (context == PGC_SIGHUP) ? LOG : ERROR;
    5570              : 
    5571              :     /*
    5572              :      * Open file
    5573              :      */
    5574              :     fp = AllocateFile(CONFIG_EXEC_PARAMS_NEW, "w");
    5575              :     if (!fp)
    5576              :     {
    5577              :         ereport(elevel,
    5578              :                 (errcode_for_file_access(),
    5579              :                  errmsg("could not write to file \"%s\": %m",
    5580              :                         CONFIG_EXEC_PARAMS_NEW)));
    5581              :         return;
    5582              :     }
    5583              : 
    5584              :     /* We need only consider GUCs with source not PGC_S_DEFAULT */
    5585              :     dlist_foreach(iter, &guc_nondef_list)
    5586              :     {
    5587              :         struct config_generic *gconf = dlist_container(struct config_generic,
    5588              :                                                        nondef_link, iter.cur);
    5589              : 
    5590              :         write_one_nondefault_variable(fp, gconf);
    5591              :     }
    5592              : 
    5593              :     if (FreeFile(fp))
    5594              :     {
    5595              :         ereport(elevel,
    5596              :                 (errcode_for_file_access(),
    5597              :                  errmsg("could not write to file \"%s\": %m",
    5598              :                         CONFIG_EXEC_PARAMS_NEW)));
    5599              :         return;
    5600              :     }
    5601              : 
    5602              :     /*
    5603              :      * Put new file in place.  This could delay on Win32, but we don't hold
    5604              :      * any exclusive locks.
    5605              :      */
    5606              :     rename(CONFIG_EXEC_PARAMS_NEW, CONFIG_EXEC_PARAMS);
    5607              : }
    5608              : 
    5609              : 
    5610              : /*
    5611              :  *  Read string, including null byte from file
    5612              :  *
    5613              :  *  Return NULL on EOF and nothing read
    5614              :  */
    5615              : static char *
    5616              : read_string_with_null(FILE *fp)
    5617              : {
    5618              :     int         i = 0,
    5619              :                 ch,
    5620              :                 maxlen = 256;
    5621              :     char       *str = NULL;
    5622              : 
    5623              :     do
    5624              :     {
    5625              :         if ((ch = fgetc(fp)) == EOF)
    5626              :         {
    5627              :             if (i == 0)
    5628              :                 return NULL;
    5629              :             else
    5630              :                 elog(FATAL, "invalid format of exec config params file");
    5631              :         }
    5632              :         if (i == 0)
    5633              :             str = guc_malloc(FATAL, maxlen);
    5634              :         else if (i == maxlen)
    5635              :             str = guc_realloc(FATAL, str, maxlen *= 2);
    5636              :         str[i++] = ch;
    5637              :     } while (ch != 0);
    5638              : 
    5639              :     return str;
    5640              : }
    5641              : 
    5642              : 
    5643              : /*
    5644              :  *  This routine loads a previous postmaster dump of its non-default
    5645              :  *  settings.
    5646              :  */
    5647              : void
    5648              : read_nondefault_variables(void)
    5649              : {
    5650              :     FILE       *fp;
    5651              :     char       *varname,
    5652              :                *varvalue,
    5653              :                *varsourcefile;
    5654              :     int         varsourceline;
    5655              :     GucSource   varsource;
    5656              :     GucContext  varscontext;
    5657              :     Oid         varsrole;
    5658              : 
    5659              :     /*
    5660              :      * Open file
    5661              :      */
    5662              :     fp = AllocateFile(CONFIG_EXEC_PARAMS, "r");
    5663              :     if (!fp)
    5664              :     {
    5665              :         /* File not found is fine */
    5666              :         if (errno != ENOENT)
    5667              :             ereport(FATAL,
    5668              :                     (errcode_for_file_access(),
    5669              :                      errmsg("could not read from file \"%s\": %m",
    5670              :                             CONFIG_EXEC_PARAMS)));
    5671              :         return;
    5672              :     }
    5673              : 
    5674              :     for (;;)
    5675              :     {
    5676              :         if ((varname = read_string_with_null(fp)) == NULL)
    5677              :             break;
    5678              : 
    5679              :         if (find_option(varname, true, false, FATAL) == NULL)
    5680              :             elog(FATAL, "failed to locate variable \"%s\" in exec config params file", varname);
    5681              : 
    5682              :         if ((varvalue = read_string_with_null(fp)) == NULL)
    5683              :             elog(FATAL, "invalid format of exec config params file");
    5684              :         if ((varsourcefile = read_string_with_null(fp)) == NULL)
    5685              :             elog(FATAL, "invalid format of exec config params file");
    5686              :         if (fread(&varsourceline, 1, sizeof(varsourceline), fp) != sizeof(varsourceline))
    5687              :             elog(FATAL, "invalid format of exec config params file");
    5688              :         if (fread(&varsource, 1, sizeof(varsource), fp) != sizeof(varsource))
    5689              :             elog(FATAL, "invalid format of exec config params file");
    5690              :         if (fread(&varscontext, 1, sizeof(varscontext), fp) != sizeof(varscontext))
    5691              :             elog(FATAL, "invalid format of exec config params file");
    5692              :         if (fread(&varsrole, 1, sizeof(varsrole), fp) != sizeof(varsrole))
    5693              :             elog(FATAL, "invalid format of exec config params file");
    5694              : 
    5695              :         (void) set_config_option_ext(varname, varvalue,
    5696              :                                      varscontext, varsource, varsrole,
    5697              :                                      GUC_ACTION_SET, true, 0, true);
    5698              :         if (varsourcefile[0])
    5699              :             set_config_sourcefile(varname, varsourcefile, varsourceline);
    5700              : 
    5701              :         guc_free(varname);
    5702              :         guc_free(varvalue);
    5703              :         guc_free(varsourcefile);
    5704              :     }
    5705              : 
    5706              :     FreeFile(fp);
    5707              : }
    5708              : #endif                          /* EXEC_BACKEND */
    5709              : 
    5710              : /*
    5711              :  * can_skip_gucvar:
    5712              :  * Decide whether SerializeGUCState can skip sending this GUC variable,
    5713              :  * or whether RestoreGUCState can skip resetting this GUC to default.
    5714              :  *
    5715              :  * It is somewhat magical and fragile that the same test works for both cases.
    5716              :  * Realize in particular that we are very likely selecting different sets of
    5717              :  * GUCs on the leader and worker sides!  Be sure you've understood the
    5718              :  * comments here and in RestoreGUCState thoroughly before changing this.
    5719              :  */
    5720              : static bool
    5721       191517 : can_skip_gucvar(struct config_generic *gconf)
    5722              : {
    5723              :     /*
    5724              :      * We can skip GUCs that are guaranteed to have the same values in leaders
    5725              :      * and workers.  (Note it is critical that the leader and worker have the
    5726              :      * same idea of which GUCs fall into this category.  It's okay to consider
    5727              :      * context and name for this purpose, since those are unchanging
    5728              :      * properties of a GUC.)
    5729              :      *
    5730              :      * PGC_POSTMASTER variables always have the same value in every child of a
    5731              :      * particular postmaster, so the worker will certainly have the right
    5732              :      * value already.  Likewise, PGC_INTERNAL variables are set by special
    5733              :      * mechanisms (if indeed they aren't compile-time constants).  So we may
    5734              :      * always skip these.
    5735              :      *
    5736              :      * For all other GUCs, we skip if the GUC has its compiled-in default
    5737              :      * value (i.e., source == PGC_S_DEFAULT).  On the leader side, this means
    5738              :      * we don't send GUCs that have their default values, which typically
    5739              :      * saves lots of work.  On the worker side, this means we don't need to
    5740              :      * reset the GUC to default because it already has that value.  See
    5741              :      * comments in RestoreGUCState for more info.
    5742              :      */
    5743       311658 :     return gconf->context == PGC_POSTMASTER ||
    5744       288068 :         gconf->context == PGC_INTERNAL ||
    5745        96551 :         gconf->source == PGC_S_DEFAULT;
    5746              : }
    5747              : 
    5748              : /*
    5749              :  * estimate_variable_size:
    5750              :  *      Compute space needed for dumping the given GUC variable.
    5751              :  *
    5752              :  * It's OK to overestimate, but not to underestimate.
    5753              :  */
    5754              : static Size
    5755        42594 : estimate_variable_size(struct config_generic *gconf)
    5756              : {
    5757              :     Size        size;
    5758        42594 :     Size        valsize = 0;
    5759              : 
    5760              :     /* Skippable GUCs consume zero space. */
    5761        42594 :     if (can_skip_gucvar(gconf))
    5762        19170 :         return 0;
    5763              : 
    5764              :     /* Name, plus trailing zero byte. */
    5765        23424 :     size = strlen(gconf->name) + 1;
    5766              : 
    5767              :     /* Get the maximum display length of the GUC value. */
    5768        23424 :     switch (gconf->vartype)
    5769              :     {
    5770         4936 :         case PGC_BOOL:
    5771              :             {
    5772         4936 :                 valsize = 5;    /* max(strlen('true'), strlen('false')) */
    5773              :             }
    5774         4936 :             break;
    5775              : 
    5776         4600 :         case PGC_INT:
    5777              :             {
    5778         4600 :                 struct config_int *conf = &gconf->_int;
    5779              : 
    5780              :                 /*
    5781              :                  * Instead of getting the exact display length, use max
    5782              :                  * length.  Also reduce the max length for typical ranges of
    5783              :                  * small values.  Maximum value is 2147483647, i.e. 10 chars.
    5784              :                  * Include one byte for sign.
    5785              :                  */
    5786         4600 :                 if (abs(*conf->variable) < 1000)
    5787         3523 :                     valsize = 3 + 1;
    5788              :                 else
    5789         1077 :                     valsize = 10 + 1;
    5790              :             }
    5791         4600 :             break;
    5792              : 
    5793         1170 :         case PGC_REAL:
    5794              :             {
    5795              :                 /*
    5796              :                  * We are going to print it with %e with REALTYPE_PRECISION
    5797              :                  * fractional digits.  Account for sign, leading digit,
    5798              :                  * decimal point, and exponent with up to 3 digits.  E.g.
    5799              :                  * -3.99329042340000021e+110
    5800              :                  */
    5801         1170 :                 valsize = 1 + 1 + 1 + REALTYPE_PRECISION + 5;
    5802              :             }
    5803         1170 :             break;
    5804              : 
    5805         9877 :         case PGC_STRING:
    5806              :             {
    5807         9877 :                 struct config_string *conf = &gconf->_string;
    5808              : 
    5809              :                 /*
    5810              :                  * If the value is NULL, we transmit it as an empty string.
    5811              :                  * Although this is not physically the same value, GUC
    5812              :                  * generally treats a NULL the same as empty string.
    5813              :                  */
    5814         9877 :                 if (*conf->variable)
    5815         9877 :                     valsize = strlen(*conf->variable);
    5816              :                 else
    5817            0 :                     valsize = 0;
    5818              :             }
    5819         9877 :             break;
    5820              : 
    5821         2841 :         case PGC_ENUM:
    5822              :             {
    5823         2841 :                 struct config_enum *conf = &gconf->_enum;
    5824              : 
    5825         2841 :                 valsize = strlen(config_enum_lookup_by_value(gconf, *conf->variable));
    5826              :             }
    5827         2841 :             break;
    5828              :     }
    5829              : 
    5830              :     /* Allow space for terminating zero-byte for value */
    5831        23424 :     size = add_size(size, valsize + 1);
    5832              : 
    5833        23424 :     if (gconf->sourcefile)
    5834        11911 :         size = add_size(size, strlen(gconf->sourcefile));
    5835              : 
    5836              :     /* Allow space for terminating zero-byte for sourcefile */
    5837        23424 :     size = add_size(size, 1);
    5838              : 
    5839              :     /* Include line whenever file is nonempty. */
    5840        23424 :     if (gconf->sourcefile && gconf->sourcefile[0])
    5841        11911 :         size = add_size(size, sizeof(gconf->sourceline));
    5842              : 
    5843        23424 :     size = add_size(size, sizeof(gconf->source));
    5844        23424 :     size = add_size(size, sizeof(gconf->scontext));
    5845        23424 :     size = add_size(size, sizeof(gconf->srole));
    5846              : 
    5847        23424 :     return size;
    5848              : }
    5849              : 
    5850              : /*
    5851              :  * EstimateGUCStateSpace:
    5852              :  * Returns the size needed to store the GUC state for the current process
    5853              :  */
    5854              : Size
    5855          681 : EstimateGUCStateSpace(void)
    5856              : {
    5857              :     Size        size;
    5858              :     dlist_iter  iter;
    5859              : 
    5860              :     /* Add space reqd for saving the data size of the guc state */
    5861          681 :     size = sizeof(Size);
    5862              : 
    5863              :     /*
    5864              :      * Add up the space needed for each GUC variable.
    5865              :      *
    5866              :      * We need only process non-default GUCs.
    5867              :      */
    5868        43275 :     dlist_foreach(iter, &guc_nondef_list)
    5869              :     {
    5870        42594 :         struct config_generic *gconf = dlist_container(struct config_generic,
    5871              :                                                        nondef_link, iter.cur);
    5872              : 
    5873        42594 :         size = add_size(size, estimate_variable_size(gconf));
    5874              :     }
    5875              : 
    5876          681 :     return size;
    5877              : }
    5878              : 
    5879              : /*
    5880              :  * do_serialize:
    5881              :  * Copies the formatted string into the destination.  Moves ahead the
    5882              :  * destination pointer, and decrements the maxbytes by that many bytes. If
    5883              :  * maxbytes is not sufficient to copy the string, error out.
    5884              :  */
    5885              : static void
    5886        70272 : do_serialize(char **destptr, Size *maxbytes, const char *fmt,...)
    5887              : {
    5888              :     va_list     vargs;
    5889              :     int         n;
    5890              : 
    5891        70272 :     if (*maxbytes <= 0)
    5892            0 :         elog(ERROR, "not enough space to serialize GUC state");
    5893              : 
    5894        70272 :     va_start(vargs, fmt);
    5895        70272 :     n = vsnprintf(*destptr, *maxbytes, fmt, vargs);
    5896        70272 :     va_end(vargs);
    5897              : 
    5898        70272 :     if (n < 0)
    5899              :     {
    5900              :         /* Shouldn't happen. Better show errno description. */
    5901            0 :         elog(ERROR, "vsnprintf failed: %m with format string \"%s\"", fmt);
    5902              :     }
    5903        70272 :     if (n >= *maxbytes)
    5904              :     {
    5905              :         /* This shouldn't happen either, really. */
    5906            0 :         elog(ERROR, "not enough space to serialize GUC state");
    5907              :     }
    5908              : 
    5909              :     /* Shift the destptr ahead of the null terminator */
    5910        70272 :     *destptr += n + 1;
    5911        70272 :     *maxbytes -= n + 1;
    5912        70272 : }
    5913              : 
    5914              : /* Binary copy version of do_serialize() */
    5915              : static void
    5916        82183 : do_serialize_binary(char **destptr, Size *maxbytes, void *val, Size valsize)
    5917              : {
    5918        82183 :     if (valsize > *maxbytes)
    5919            0 :         elog(ERROR, "not enough space to serialize GUC state");
    5920              : 
    5921        82183 :     memcpy(*destptr, val, valsize);
    5922        82183 :     *destptr += valsize;
    5923        82183 :     *maxbytes -= valsize;
    5924        82183 : }
    5925              : 
    5926              : /*
    5927              :  * serialize_variable:
    5928              :  * Dumps name, value and other information of a GUC variable into destptr.
    5929              :  */
    5930              : static void
    5931        42594 : serialize_variable(char **destptr, Size *maxbytes,
    5932              :                    struct config_generic *gconf)
    5933              : {
    5934              :     /* Ignore skippable GUCs. */
    5935        42594 :     if (can_skip_gucvar(gconf))
    5936        19170 :         return;
    5937              : 
    5938        23424 :     do_serialize(destptr, maxbytes, "%s", gconf->name);
    5939              : 
    5940        23424 :     switch (gconf->vartype)
    5941              :     {
    5942         4936 :         case PGC_BOOL:
    5943              :             {
    5944         4936 :                 struct config_bool *conf = &gconf->_bool;
    5945              : 
    5946         4936 :                 do_serialize(destptr, maxbytes,
    5947         4936 :                              (*conf->variable ? "true" : "false"));
    5948              :             }
    5949         4936 :             break;
    5950              : 
    5951         4600 :         case PGC_INT:
    5952              :             {
    5953         4600 :                 struct config_int *conf = &gconf->_int;
    5954              : 
    5955         4600 :                 do_serialize(destptr, maxbytes, "%d", *conf->variable);
    5956              :             }
    5957         4600 :             break;
    5958              : 
    5959         1170 :         case PGC_REAL:
    5960              :             {
    5961         1170 :                 struct config_real *conf = &gconf->_real;
    5962              : 
    5963         1170 :                 do_serialize(destptr, maxbytes, "%.*e",
    5964         1170 :                              REALTYPE_PRECISION, *conf->variable);
    5965              :             }
    5966         1170 :             break;
    5967              : 
    5968         9877 :         case PGC_STRING:
    5969              :             {
    5970         9877 :                 struct config_string *conf = &gconf->_string;
    5971              : 
    5972              :                 /* NULL becomes empty string, see estimate_variable_size() */
    5973         9877 :                 do_serialize(destptr, maxbytes, "%s",
    5974         9877 :                              *conf->variable ? *conf->variable : "");
    5975              :             }
    5976         9877 :             break;
    5977              : 
    5978         2841 :         case PGC_ENUM:
    5979              :             {
    5980         2841 :                 struct config_enum *conf = &gconf->_enum;
    5981              : 
    5982         2841 :                 do_serialize(destptr, maxbytes, "%s",
    5983         2841 :                              config_enum_lookup_by_value(gconf, *conf->variable));
    5984              :             }
    5985         2841 :             break;
    5986              :     }
    5987              : 
    5988        23424 :     do_serialize(destptr, maxbytes, "%s",
    5989        23424 :                  (gconf->sourcefile ? gconf->sourcefile : ""));
    5990              : 
    5991        23424 :     if (gconf->sourcefile && gconf->sourcefile[0])
    5992        11911 :         do_serialize_binary(destptr, maxbytes, &gconf->sourceline,
    5993              :                             sizeof(gconf->sourceline));
    5994              : 
    5995        23424 :     do_serialize_binary(destptr, maxbytes, &gconf->source,
    5996              :                         sizeof(gconf->source));
    5997        23424 :     do_serialize_binary(destptr, maxbytes, &gconf->scontext,
    5998              :                         sizeof(gconf->scontext));
    5999        23424 :     do_serialize_binary(destptr, maxbytes, &gconf->srole,
    6000              :                         sizeof(gconf->srole));
    6001              : }
    6002              : 
    6003              : /*
    6004              :  * SerializeGUCState:
    6005              :  * Dumps the complete GUC state onto the memory location at start_address.
    6006              :  */
    6007              : void
    6008          681 : SerializeGUCState(Size maxsize, char *start_address)
    6009              : {
    6010              :     char       *curptr;
    6011              :     Size        actual_size;
    6012              :     Size        bytes_left;
    6013              :     dlist_iter  iter;
    6014              : 
    6015              :     /* Reserve space for saving the actual size of the guc state */
    6016              :     Assert(maxsize > sizeof(actual_size));
    6017          681 :     curptr = start_address + sizeof(actual_size);
    6018          681 :     bytes_left = maxsize - sizeof(actual_size);
    6019              : 
    6020              :     /* We need only consider GUCs with source not PGC_S_DEFAULT */
    6021        43275 :     dlist_foreach(iter, &guc_nondef_list)
    6022              :     {
    6023        42594 :         struct config_generic *gconf = dlist_container(struct config_generic,
    6024              :                                                        nondef_link, iter.cur);
    6025              : 
    6026        42594 :         serialize_variable(&curptr, &bytes_left, gconf);
    6027              :     }
    6028              : 
    6029              :     /* Store actual size without assuming alignment of start_address. */
    6030          681 :     actual_size = maxsize - bytes_left - sizeof(actual_size);
    6031          681 :     memcpy(start_address, &actual_size, sizeof(actual_size));
    6032          681 : }
    6033              : 
    6034              : /*
    6035              :  * read_gucstate:
    6036              :  * Actually it does not read anything, just returns the srcptr. But it does
    6037              :  * move the srcptr past the terminating zero byte, so that the caller is ready
    6038              :  * to read the next string.
    6039              :  */
    6040              : static char *
    6041       215910 : read_gucstate(char **srcptr, char *srcend)
    6042              : {
    6043       215910 :     char       *retptr = *srcptr;
    6044              :     char       *ptr;
    6045              : 
    6046       215910 :     if (*srcptr >= srcend)
    6047            0 :         elog(ERROR, "incomplete GUC state");
    6048              : 
    6049              :     /* The string variables are all null terminated */
    6050      5634066 :     for (ptr = *srcptr; ptr < srcend && *ptr != '\0'; ptr++)
    6051              :         ;
    6052              : 
    6053       215910 :     if (ptr >= srcend)
    6054            0 :         elog(ERROR, "could not find null terminator in GUC state");
    6055              : 
    6056              :     /* Set the new position to the byte following the terminating NUL */
    6057       215910 :     *srcptr = ptr + 1;
    6058              : 
    6059       215910 :     return retptr;
    6060              : }
    6061              : 
    6062              : /* Binary read version of read_gucstate(). Copies into dest */
    6063              : static void
    6064       251039 : read_gucstate_binary(char **srcptr, char *srcend, void *dest, Size size)
    6065              : {
    6066       251039 :     if (*srcptr + size > srcend)
    6067            0 :         elog(ERROR, "incomplete GUC state");
    6068              : 
    6069       251039 :     memcpy(dest, *srcptr, size);
    6070       251039 :     *srcptr += size;
    6071       251039 : }
    6072              : 
    6073              : /*
    6074              :  * Callback used to add a context message when reporting errors that occur
    6075              :  * while trying to restore GUCs in parallel workers.
    6076              :  */
    6077              : static void
    6078            0 : guc_restore_error_context_callback(void *arg)
    6079              : {
    6080            0 :     char      **error_context_name_and_value = (char **) arg;
    6081              : 
    6082            0 :     if (error_context_name_and_value)
    6083            0 :         errcontext("while setting parameter \"%s\" to \"%s\"",
    6084              :                    error_context_name_and_value[0],
    6085            0 :                    error_context_name_and_value[1]);
    6086            0 : }
    6087              : 
    6088              : /*
    6089              :  * RestoreGUCState:
    6090              :  * Reads the GUC state at the specified address and sets this process's
    6091              :  * GUCs to match.
    6092              :  *
    6093              :  * Note that this provides the worker with only a very shallow view of the
    6094              :  * leader's GUC state: we'll know about the currently active values, but not
    6095              :  * about stacked or reset values.  That's fine since the worker is just
    6096              :  * executing one part of a query, within which the active values won't change
    6097              :  * and the stacked values are invisible.
    6098              :  */
    6099              : void
    6100         2008 : RestoreGUCState(void *gucstate)
    6101              : {
    6102              :     char       *varname,
    6103              :                *varvalue,
    6104              :                *varsourcefile;
    6105              :     int         varsourceline;
    6106              :     GucSource   varsource;
    6107              :     GucContext  varscontext;
    6108              :     Oid         varsrole;
    6109         2008 :     char       *srcptr = (char *) gucstate;
    6110              :     char       *srcend;
    6111              :     Size        len;
    6112              :     dlist_mutable_iter iter;
    6113              :     ErrorContextCallback error_context_callback;
    6114              : 
    6115              :     /*
    6116              :      * First, ensure that all potentially-shippable GUCs are reset to their
    6117              :      * default values.  We must not touch those GUCs that the leader will
    6118              :      * never ship, while there is no need to touch those that are shippable
    6119              :      * but already have their default values.  Thus, this ends up being the
    6120              :      * same test that SerializeGUCState uses, even though the sets of
    6121              :      * variables involved may well be different since the leader's set of
    6122              :      * variables-not-at-default-values can differ from the set that are
    6123              :      * not-default in this freshly started worker.
    6124              :      *
    6125              :      * Once we have set all the potentially-shippable GUCs to default values,
    6126              :      * restoring the GUCs that the leader sent (because they had non-default
    6127              :      * values over there) leads us to exactly the set of GUC values that the
    6128              :      * leader has.  This is true even though the worker may have initially
    6129              :      * absorbed postgresql.conf settings that the leader hasn't yet seen, or
    6130              :      * ALTER USER/DATABASE SET settings that were established after the leader
    6131              :      * started.
    6132              :      *
    6133              :      * Note that ensuring all the potential target GUCs are at PGC_S_DEFAULT
    6134              :      * also ensures that set_config_option won't refuse to set them because of
    6135              :      * source-priority comparisons.
    6136              :      */
    6137       108337 :     dlist_foreach_modify(iter, &guc_nondef_list)
    6138              :     {
    6139       106329 :         struct config_generic *gconf = dlist_container(struct config_generic,
    6140              :                                                        nondef_link, iter.cur);
    6141              : 
    6142              :         /* Do nothing if non-shippable or if already at PGC_S_DEFAULT. */
    6143       106329 :         if (can_skip_gucvar(gconf))
    6144        56626 :             continue;
    6145              : 
    6146              :         /*
    6147              :          * We can use InitializeOneGUCOption to reset the GUC to default, but
    6148              :          * first we must free any existing subsidiary data to avoid leaking
    6149              :          * memory.  The stack must be empty, but we have to clean up all other
    6150              :          * fields.  Beware that there might be duplicate value or "extra"
    6151              :          * pointers.  We also have to be sure to take it out of any lists it's
    6152              :          * in.
    6153              :          */
    6154              :         Assert(gconf->stack == NULL);
    6155        49703 :         guc_free(gconf->extra);
    6156        49703 :         guc_free(gconf->last_reported);
    6157        49703 :         guc_free(gconf->sourcefile);
    6158        49703 :         switch (gconf->vartype)
    6159              :         {
    6160        27111 :             case PGC_BOOL:
    6161              :             case PGC_INT:
    6162              :             case PGC_REAL:
    6163              :             case PGC_ENUM:
    6164              :                 /* no need to do anything */
    6165        27111 :                 break;
    6166        22592 :             case PGC_STRING:
    6167              :                 {
    6168        22592 :                     struct config_string *conf = &gconf->_string;
    6169              : 
    6170        22592 :                     guc_free(*conf->variable);
    6171        22592 :                     if (conf->reset_val && conf->reset_val != *conf->variable)
    6172            0 :                         guc_free(conf->reset_val);
    6173        22592 :                     break;
    6174              :                 }
    6175              :         }
    6176        49703 :         if (gconf->reset_extra && gconf->reset_extra != gconf->extra)
    6177            0 :             guc_free(gconf->reset_extra);
    6178              :         /* Remove it from any lists it's in. */
    6179        49703 :         RemoveGUCFromLists(gconf);
    6180              :         /* Now we can reset the struct to PGS_S_DEFAULT state. */
    6181        49703 :         InitializeOneGUCOption(gconf);
    6182              :     }
    6183              : 
    6184              :     /* First item is the length of the subsequent data */
    6185         2008 :     memcpy(&len, gucstate, sizeof(len));
    6186              : 
    6187         2008 :     srcptr += sizeof(len);
    6188         2008 :     srcend = srcptr + len;
    6189              : 
    6190              :     /* If the GUC value check fails, we want errors to show useful context. */
    6191         2008 :     error_context_callback.callback = guc_restore_error_context_callback;
    6192         2008 :     error_context_callback.previous = error_context_stack;
    6193         2008 :     error_context_callback.arg = NULL;
    6194         2008 :     error_context_stack = &error_context_callback;
    6195              : 
    6196              :     /* Restore all the listed GUCs. */
    6197        73978 :     while (srcptr < srcend)
    6198              :     {
    6199              :         int         result;
    6200              :         char       *error_context_name_and_value[2];
    6201              : 
    6202        71970 :         varname = read_gucstate(&srcptr, srcend);
    6203        71970 :         varvalue = read_gucstate(&srcptr, srcend);
    6204        71970 :         varsourcefile = read_gucstate(&srcptr, srcend);
    6205        71970 :         if (varsourcefile[0])
    6206        35129 :             read_gucstate_binary(&srcptr, srcend,
    6207              :                                  &varsourceline, sizeof(varsourceline));
    6208              :         else
    6209        36841 :             varsourceline = 0;
    6210        71970 :         read_gucstate_binary(&srcptr, srcend,
    6211              :                              &varsource, sizeof(varsource));
    6212        71970 :         read_gucstate_binary(&srcptr, srcend,
    6213              :                              &varscontext, sizeof(varscontext));
    6214        71970 :         read_gucstate_binary(&srcptr, srcend,
    6215              :                              &varsrole, sizeof(varsrole));
    6216              : 
    6217        71970 :         error_context_name_and_value[0] = varname;
    6218        71970 :         error_context_name_and_value[1] = varvalue;
    6219        71970 :         error_context_callback.arg = &error_context_name_and_value[0];
    6220        71970 :         result = set_config_option_ext(varname, varvalue,
    6221              :                                        varscontext, varsource, varsrole,
    6222              :                                        GUC_ACTION_SET, true, ERROR, true);
    6223        71970 :         if (result <= 0)
    6224            0 :             ereport(ERROR,
    6225              :                     (errcode(ERRCODE_INTERNAL_ERROR),
    6226              :                      errmsg("parameter \"%s\" could not be set", varname)));
    6227        71970 :         if (varsourcefile[0])
    6228        35129 :             set_config_sourcefile(varname, varsourcefile, varsourceline);
    6229        71970 :         error_context_callback.arg = NULL;
    6230              :     }
    6231              : 
    6232         2008 :     error_context_stack = error_context_callback.previous;
    6233         2008 : }
    6234              : 
    6235              : /*
    6236              :  * A little "long argument" simulation, although not quite GNU
    6237              :  * compliant. Takes a string of the form "some-option=some value" and
    6238              :  * returns name = "some_option" and value = "some value" in palloc'ed
    6239              :  * storage. Note that '-' is converted to '_' in the option name. If
    6240              :  * there is no '=' in the input string then value will be NULL.
    6241              :  */
    6242              : void
    6243        34880 : ParseLongOption(const char *string, char **name, char **value)
    6244              : {
    6245              :     size_t      equal_pos;
    6246              : 
    6247              :     Assert(string);
    6248              :     Assert(name);
    6249              :     Assert(value);
    6250              : 
    6251        34880 :     equal_pos = strcspn(string, "=");
    6252              : 
    6253        34880 :     if (string[equal_pos] == '=')
    6254              :     {
    6255        34879 :         *name = palloc(equal_pos + 1);
    6256        34879 :         strlcpy(*name, string, equal_pos + 1);
    6257              : 
    6258        34879 :         *value = pstrdup(&string[equal_pos + 1]);
    6259              :     }
    6260              :     else
    6261              :     {
    6262              :         /* no equal sign in string */
    6263            1 :         *name = pstrdup(string);
    6264            1 :         *value = NULL;
    6265              :     }
    6266              : 
    6267       486591 :     for (char *cp = *name; *cp; cp++)
    6268       451711 :         if (*cp == '-')
    6269          949 :             *cp = '_';
    6270        34880 : }
    6271              : 
    6272              : 
    6273              : /*
    6274              :  * Transform array of GUC settings into lists of names and values. The lists
    6275              :  * are faster to process in cases where the settings must be applied
    6276              :  * repeatedly (e.g. for each function invocation).
    6277              :  */
    6278              : void
    6279         4579 : TransformGUCArray(ArrayType *array, List **names, List **values)
    6280              : {
    6281              :     Assert(array != NULL);
    6282              :     Assert(ARR_ELEMTYPE(array) == TEXTOID);
    6283              :     Assert(ARR_NDIM(array) == 1);
    6284              :     Assert(ARR_LBOUND(array)[0] == 1);
    6285              : 
    6286         4579 :     *names = NIL;
    6287         4579 :     *values = NIL;
    6288        31406 :     for (int i = 1; i <= ARR_DIMS(array)[0]; i++)
    6289              :     {
    6290              :         Datum       d;
    6291              :         bool        isnull;
    6292              :         char       *s;
    6293              :         char       *name;
    6294              :         char       *value;
    6295              : 
    6296        26827 :         d = array_ref(array, 1, &i,
    6297              :                       -1 /* varlenarray */ ,
    6298              :                       -1 /* TEXT's typlen */ ,
    6299              :                       false /* TEXT's typbyval */ ,
    6300              :                       TYPALIGN_INT /* TEXT's typalign */ ,
    6301              :                       &isnull);
    6302              : 
    6303        26827 :         if (isnull)
    6304            0 :             continue;
    6305              : 
    6306        26827 :         s = TextDatumGetCString(d);
    6307              : 
    6308        26827 :         ParseLongOption(s, &name, &value);
    6309        26827 :         if (!value)
    6310              :         {
    6311            0 :             ereport(WARNING,
    6312              :                     (errcode(ERRCODE_SYNTAX_ERROR),
    6313              :                      errmsg("could not parse setting for parameter \"%s\"",
    6314              :                             name)));
    6315            0 :             pfree(name);
    6316            0 :             continue;
    6317              :         }
    6318              : 
    6319        26827 :         *names = lappend(*names, name);
    6320        26827 :         *values = lappend(*values, value);
    6321              : 
    6322        26827 :         pfree(s);
    6323              :     }
    6324         4579 : }
    6325              : 
    6326              : 
    6327              : /*
    6328              :  * Handle options fetched from pg_db_role_setting.setconfig,
    6329              :  * pg_proc.proconfig, etc.  Caller must specify proper context/source/action.
    6330              :  *
    6331              :  * The array parameter must be an array of TEXT (it must not be NULL).
    6332              :  */
    6333              : void
    6334         4501 : ProcessGUCArray(ArrayType *array,
    6335              :                 GucContext context, GucSource source, GucAction action)
    6336              : {
    6337              :     List       *gucNames;
    6338              :     List       *gucValues;
    6339              :     ListCell   *lc1;
    6340              :     ListCell   *lc2;
    6341              : 
    6342         4501 :     TransformGUCArray(array, &gucNames, &gucValues);
    6343        31242 :     forboth(lc1, gucNames, lc2, gucValues)
    6344              :     {
    6345        26749 :         char       *name = lfirst(lc1);
    6346        26749 :         char       *value = lfirst(lc2);
    6347              : 
    6348        26749 :         (void) set_config_option(name, value,
    6349              :                                  context, source,
    6350              :                                  action, true, 0, false);
    6351              : 
    6352        26741 :         pfree(name);
    6353        26741 :         pfree(value);
    6354              :     }
    6355              : 
    6356         4493 :     list_free(gucNames);
    6357         4493 :     list_free(gucValues);
    6358         4493 : }
    6359              : 
    6360              : 
    6361              : /*
    6362              :  * Add an entry to an option array.  The array parameter may be NULL
    6363              :  * to indicate the current table entry is NULL.
    6364              :  */
    6365              : ArrayType *
    6366          793 : GUCArrayAdd(ArrayType *array, const char *name, const char *value)
    6367              : {
    6368              :     struct config_generic *record;
    6369              :     Datum       datum;
    6370              :     char       *newval;
    6371              :     ArrayType  *a;
    6372              : 
    6373              :     Assert(name);
    6374              :     Assert(value);
    6375              : 
    6376              :     /* test if the option is valid and we're allowed to set it */
    6377          793 :     (void) validate_option_array_item(name, value, false);
    6378              : 
    6379              :     /* normalize name (converts obsolete GUC names to modern spellings) */
    6380          791 :     record = find_option(name, false, true, WARNING);
    6381          791 :     if (record)
    6382          791 :         name = record->name;
    6383              : 
    6384              :     /* build new item for array */
    6385          791 :     newval = psprintf("%s=%s", name, value);
    6386          791 :     datum = CStringGetTextDatum(newval);
    6387              : 
    6388          791 :     if (array)
    6389              :     {
    6390              :         int         index;
    6391              :         bool        isnull;
    6392              : 
    6393              :         Assert(ARR_ELEMTYPE(array) == TEXTOID);
    6394              :         Assert(ARR_NDIM(array) == 1);
    6395              :         Assert(ARR_LBOUND(array)[0] == 1);
    6396              : 
    6397          587 :         index = ARR_DIMS(array)[0] + 1; /* add after end */
    6398              : 
    6399         2321 :         for (int i = 1; i <= ARR_DIMS(array)[0]; i++)
    6400              :         {
    6401              :             Datum       d;
    6402              :             char       *current;
    6403              : 
    6404         1742 :             d = array_ref(array, 1, &i,
    6405              :                           -1 /* varlenarray */ ,
    6406              :                           -1 /* TEXT's typlen */ ,
    6407              :                           false /* TEXT's typbyval */ ,
    6408              :                           TYPALIGN_INT /* TEXT's typalign */ ,
    6409              :                           &isnull);
    6410         1742 :             if (isnull)
    6411            0 :                 continue;
    6412         1742 :             current = TextDatumGetCString(d);
    6413              : 
    6414              :             /* check for match up through and including '=' */
    6415         1742 :             if (strncmp(current, newval, strlen(name) + 1) == 0)
    6416              :             {
    6417            8 :                 index = i;
    6418            8 :                 break;
    6419              :             }
    6420              :         }
    6421              : 
    6422          587 :         a = array_set(array, 1, &index,
    6423              :                       datum,
    6424              :                       false,
    6425              :                       -1 /* varlena array */ ,
    6426              :                       -1 /* TEXT's typlen */ ,
    6427              :                       false /* TEXT's typbyval */ ,
    6428              :                       TYPALIGN_INT /* TEXT's typalign */ );
    6429              :     }
    6430              :     else
    6431          204 :         a = construct_array_builtin(&datum, 1, TEXTOID);
    6432              : 
    6433          791 :     return a;
    6434              : }
    6435              : 
    6436              : 
    6437              : /*
    6438              :  * Delete an entry from an option array.  The array parameter may be NULL
    6439              :  * to indicate the current table entry is NULL.  Also, if the return value
    6440              :  * is NULL then a null should be stored.
    6441              :  */
    6442              : ArrayType *
    6443           20 : GUCArrayDelete(ArrayType *array, const char *name)
    6444              : {
    6445              :     struct config_generic *record;
    6446              :     ArrayType  *newarray;
    6447              :     int         index;
    6448              : 
    6449              :     Assert(name);
    6450              : 
    6451              :     /* test if the option is valid and we're allowed to set it */
    6452           20 :     (void) validate_option_array_item(name, NULL, false);
    6453              : 
    6454              :     /* normalize name (converts obsolete GUC names to modern spellings) */
    6455           18 :     record = find_option(name, false, true, WARNING);
    6456           18 :     if (record)
    6457           15 :         name = record->name;
    6458              : 
    6459              :     /* if array is currently null, then surely nothing to delete */
    6460           18 :     if (!array)
    6461            2 :         return NULL;
    6462              : 
    6463           16 :     newarray = NULL;
    6464           16 :     index = 1;
    6465              : 
    6466           51 :     for (int i = 1; i <= ARR_DIMS(array)[0]; i++)
    6467              :     {
    6468              :         Datum       d;
    6469              :         char       *val;
    6470              :         bool        isnull;
    6471              : 
    6472           35 :         d = array_ref(array, 1, &i,
    6473              :                       -1 /* varlenarray */ ,
    6474              :                       -1 /* TEXT's typlen */ ,
    6475              :                       false /* TEXT's typbyval */ ,
    6476              :                       TYPALIGN_INT /* TEXT's typalign */ ,
    6477              :                       &isnull);
    6478           35 :         if (isnull)
    6479           16 :             continue;
    6480           35 :         val = TextDatumGetCString(d);
    6481              : 
    6482              :         /* ignore entry if it's what we want to delete */
    6483           35 :         if (strncmp(val, name, strlen(name)) == 0
    6484           16 :             && val[strlen(name)] == '=')
    6485           16 :             continue;
    6486              : 
    6487              :         /* else add it to the output array */
    6488           19 :         if (newarray)
    6489           15 :             newarray = array_set(newarray, 1, &index,
    6490              :                                  d,
    6491              :                                  false,
    6492              :                                  -1 /* varlenarray */ ,
    6493              :                                  -1 /* TEXT's typlen */ ,
    6494              :                                  false /* TEXT's typbyval */ ,
    6495              :                                  TYPALIGN_INT /* TEXT's typalign */ );
    6496              :         else
    6497            4 :             newarray = construct_array_builtin(&d, 1, TEXTOID);
    6498              : 
    6499           19 :         index++;
    6500              :     }
    6501              : 
    6502           16 :     return newarray;
    6503              : }
    6504              : 
    6505              : 
    6506              : /*
    6507              :  * Given a GUC array, delete all settings from it that our permission
    6508              :  * level allows: if superuser, delete them all; if regular user, only
    6509              :  * those that are PGC_USERSET or we have permission to set
    6510              :  */
    6511              : ArrayType *
    6512            1 : GUCArrayReset(ArrayType *array)
    6513              : {
    6514              :     ArrayType  *newarray;
    6515              :     int         index;
    6516              : 
    6517              :     /* if array is currently null, nothing to do */
    6518            1 :     if (!array)
    6519            0 :         return NULL;
    6520              : 
    6521              :     /* if we're superuser, we can delete everything, so just do it */
    6522            1 :     if (superuser())
    6523            0 :         return NULL;
    6524              : 
    6525            1 :     newarray = NULL;
    6526            1 :     index = 1;
    6527              : 
    6528            3 :     for (int i = 1; i <= ARR_DIMS(array)[0]; i++)
    6529              :     {
    6530              :         Datum       d;
    6531              :         char       *val;
    6532              :         char       *eqsgn;
    6533              :         bool        isnull;
    6534              : 
    6535            2 :         d = array_ref(array, 1, &i,
    6536              :                       -1 /* varlenarray */ ,
    6537              :                       -1 /* TEXT's typlen */ ,
    6538              :                       false /* TEXT's typbyval */ ,
    6539              :                       TYPALIGN_INT /* TEXT's typalign */ ,
    6540              :                       &isnull);
    6541            2 :         if (isnull)
    6542            1 :             continue;
    6543            2 :         val = TextDatumGetCString(d);
    6544              : 
    6545            2 :         eqsgn = strchr(val, '=');
    6546            2 :         *eqsgn = '\0';
    6547              : 
    6548              :         /* skip if we have permission to delete it */
    6549            2 :         if (validate_option_array_item(val, NULL, true))
    6550            1 :             continue;
    6551              : 
    6552              :         /* else add it to the output array */
    6553            1 :         if (newarray)
    6554            0 :             newarray = array_set(newarray, 1, &index,
    6555              :                                  d,
    6556              :                                  false,
    6557              :                                  -1 /* varlenarray */ ,
    6558              :                                  -1 /* TEXT's typlen */ ,
    6559              :                                  false /* TEXT's typbyval */ ,
    6560              :                                  TYPALIGN_INT /* TEXT's typalign */ );
    6561              :         else
    6562            1 :             newarray = construct_array_builtin(&d, 1, TEXTOID);
    6563              : 
    6564            1 :         index++;
    6565            1 :         pfree(val);
    6566              :     }
    6567              : 
    6568            1 :     return newarray;
    6569              : }
    6570              : 
    6571              : /*
    6572              :  * Validate a proposed option setting for GUCArrayAdd/Delete/Reset.
    6573              :  *
    6574              :  * name is the option name.  value is the proposed value for the Add case,
    6575              :  * or NULL for the Delete/Reset cases.  If skipIfNoPermissions is true, it's
    6576              :  * not an error to have no permissions to set the option.
    6577              :  *
    6578              :  * Returns true if OK, false if skipIfNoPermissions is true and user does not
    6579              :  * have permission to change this option (all other error cases result in an
    6580              :  * error being thrown).
    6581              :  */
    6582              : static bool
    6583          815 : validate_option_array_item(const char *name, const char *value,
    6584              :                            bool skipIfNoPermissions)
    6585              : 
    6586              : {
    6587              :     struct config_generic *gconf;
    6588              :     bool        reset_custom;
    6589              : 
    6590              :     /*
    6591              :      * There are three cases to consider:
    6592              :      *
    6593              :      * name is a known GUC variable.  Check the value normally, check
    6594              :      * permissions normally (i.e., allow if variable is USERSET, or if it's
    6595              :      * SUSET and user is superuser or holds ACL_SET permissions).
    6596              :      *
    6597              :      * name is not known, but exists or can be created as a placeholder (i.e.,
    6598              :      * it has a valid custom name).  We allow this case if you're a superuser,
    6599              :      * otherwise not.  Superusers are assumed to know what they're doing. We
    6600              :      * can't allow it for other users, because when the placeholder is
    6601              :      * resolved it might turn out to be a SUSET variable.  (With currently
    6602              :      * available infrastructure, we can actually handle such cases within the
    6603              :      * current session --- but once an entry is made in pg_db_role_setting,
    6604              :      * it's assumed to be fully validated.)
    6605              :      *
    6606              :      * name is not known and can't be created as a placeholder.  Throw error,
    6607              :      * unless skipIfNoPermissions or reset_custom is true.  If reset_custom is
    6608              :      * true, this is a RESET or RESET ALL operation for an unknown custom GUC
    6609              :      * with a reserved prefix, in which case we want to fall through to the
    6610              :      * placeholder case described in the preceding paragraph (else there'd be
    6611              :      * no way for users to remove them).  Otherwise, return false.
    6612              :      */
    6613          815 :     reset_custom = (!value && valid_custom_variable_name(name));
    6614          815 :     gconf = find_option(name, true, skipIfNoPermissions || reset_custom, ERROR);
    6615          812 :     if (!gconf && !reset_custom)
    6616              :     {
    6617              :         /* not known, failed to make a placeholder */
    6618            0 :         return false;
    6619              :     }
    6620              : 
    6621          812 :     if (!gconf || gconf->flags & GUC_CUSTOM_PLACEHOLDER)
    6622              :     {
    6623              :         /*
    6624              :          * We cannot do any meaningful check on the value, so only permissions
    6625              :          * are useful to check.
    6626              :          */
    6627            6 :         if (superuser() ||
    6628            0 :             pg_parameter_aclcheck(name, GetUserId(), ACL_SET) == ACLCHECK_OK)
    6629            6 :             return true;
    6630            0 :         if (skipIfNoPermissions)
    6631            0 :             return false;
    6632            0 :         ereport(ERROR,
    6633              :                 (errcode(ERRCODE_INSUFFICIENT_PRIVILEGE),
    6634              :                  errmsg("permission denied to set parameter \"%s\"", name)));
    6635              :     }
    6636              : 
    6637              :     /* manual permissions check so we can avoid an error being thrown */
    6638          806 :     if (gconf->context == PGC_USERSET)
    6639              :          /* ok */ ;
    6640          232 :     else if (gconf->context == PGC_SUSET &&
    6641          122 :              (superuser() ||
    6642            6 :               pg_parameter_aclcheck(name, GetUserId(), ACL_SET) == ACLCHECK_OK))
    6643              :          /* ok */ ;
    6644            2 :     else if (skipIfNoPermissions)
    6645            1 :         return false;
    6646              :     /* if a permissions error should be thrown, let set_config_option do it */
    6647              : 
    6648              :     /* test for permissions and valid option value */
    6649          805 :     (void) set_config_option(name, value,
    6650          805 :                              superuser() ? PGC_SUSET : PGC_USERSET,
    6651              :                              PGC_S_TEST, GUC_ACTION_SET, false, 0, false);
    6652              : 
    6653          804 :     return true;
    6654              : }
    6655              : 
    6656              : 
    6657              : /*
    6658              :  * Called by check_hooks that want to override the normal
    6659              :  * ERRCODE_INVALID_PARAMETER_VALUE SQLSTATE for check hook failures.
    6660              :  *
    6661              :  * Note that GUC_check_errmsg() etc are just macros that result in a direct
    6662              :  * assignment to the associated variables.  That is ugly, but forced by the
    6663              :  * limitations of C's macro mechanisms.
    6664              :  */
    6665              : void
    6666           33 : GUC_check_errcode(int sqlerrcode)
    6667              : {
    6668           33 :     GUC_check_errcode_value = sqlerrcode;
    6669           33 : }
    6670              : 
    6671              : 
    6672              : /*
    6673              :  * Convenience functions to manage calling a variable's check_hook.
    6674              :  * These mostly take care of the protocol for letting check hooks supply
    6675              :  * portions of the error report on failure.
    6676              :  */
    6677              : 
    6678              : static bool
    6679       308271 : call_bool_check_hook(const struct config_generic *conf, bool *newval, void **extra,
    6680              :                      GucSource source, int elevel)
    6681              : {
    6682              :     /* Quick success if no hook */
    6683       308271 :     if (!conf->_bool.check_hook)
    6684       281928 :         return true;
    6685              : 
    6686              :     /* Reset variables that might be set by hook */
    6687        26343 :     GUC_check_errcode_value = ERRCODE_INVALID_PARAMETER_VALUE;
    6688        26343 :     GUC_check_errmsg_string = NULL;
    6689        26343 :     GUC_check_errdetail_string = NULL;
    6690        26343 :     GUC_check_errhint_string = NULL;
    6691              : 
    6692        26343 :     if (!conf->_bool.check_hook(newval, extra, source))
    6693              :     {
    6694           20 :         ereport(elevel,
    6695              :                 (errcode(GUC_check_errcode_value),
    6696              :                  GUC_check_errmsg_string ?
    6697              :                  errmsg_internal("%s", GUC_check_errmsg_string) :
    6698              :                  errmsg("invalid value for parameter \"%s\": %d",
    6699              :                         conf->name, (int) *newval),
    6700              :                  GUC_check_errdetail_string ?
    6701              :                  errdetail_internal("%s", GUC_check_errdetail_string) : 0,
    6702              :                  GUC_check_errhint_string ?
    6703              :                  errhint("%s", GUC_check_errhint_string) : 0));
    6704              :         /* Flush strings created in ErrorContext (ereport might not have) */
    6705            0 :         FlushErrorState();
    6706            0 :         return false;
    6707              :     }
    6708              : 
    6709        26323 :     return true;
    6710              : }
    6711              : 
    6712              : static bool
    6713       266822 : call_int_check_hook(const struct config_generic *conf, int *newval, void **extra,
    6714              :                     GucSource source, int elevel)
    6715              : {
    6716              :     /* Quick success if no hook */
    6717       266822 :     if (!conf->_int.check_hook)
    6718       232827 :         return true;
    6719              : 
    6720              :     /* Reset variables that might be set by hook */
    6721        33995 :     GUC_check_errcode_value = ERRCODE_INVALID_PARAMETER_VALUE;
    6722        33995 :     GUC_check_errmsg_string = NULL;
    6723        33995 :     GUC_check_errdetail_string = NULL;
    6724        33995 :     GUC_check_errhint_string = NULL;
    6725              : 
    6726        33995 :     if (!conf->_int.check_hook(newval, extra, source))
    6727              :     {
    6728            0 :         ereport(elevel,
    6729              :                 (errcode(GUC_check_errcode_value),
    6730              :                  GUC_check_errmsg_string ?
    6731              :                  errmsg_internal("%s", GUC_check_errmsg_string) :
    6732              :                  errmsg("invalid value for parameter \"%s\": %d",
    6733              :                         conf->name, *newval),
    6734              :                  GUC_check_errdetail_string ?
    6735              :                  errdetail_internal("%s", GUC_check_errdetail_string) : 0,
    6736              :                  GUC_check_errhint_string ?
    6737              :                  errhint("%s", GUC_check_errhint_string) : 0));
    6738              :         /* Flush strings created in ErrorContext (ereport might not have) */
    6739            0 :         FlushErrorState();
    6740            0 :         return false;
    6741              :     }
    6742              : 
    6743        33995 :     return true;
    6744              : }
    6745              : 
    6746              : static bool
    6747        46530 : call_real_check_hook(const struct config_generic *conf, double *newval, void **extra,
    6748              :                      GucSource source, int elevel)
    6749              : {
    6750              :     /* Quick success if no hook */
    6751        46530 :     if (!conf->_real.check_hook)
    6752        45255 :         return true;
    6753              : 
    6754              :     /* Reset variables that might be set by hook */
    6755         1275 :     GUC_check_errcode_value = ERRCODE_INVALID_PARAMETER_VALUE;
    6756         1275 :     GUC_check_errmsg_string = NULL;
    6757         1275 :     GUC_check_errdetail_string = NULL;
    6758         1275 :     GUC_check_errhint_string = NULL;
    6759              : 
    6760         1275 :     if (!conf->_real.check_hook(newval, extra, source))
    6761              :     {
    6762            0 :         ereport(elevel,
    6763              :                 (errcode(GUC_check_errcode_value),
    6764              :                  GUC_check_errmsg_string ?
    6765              :                  errmsg_internal("%s", GUC_check_errmsg_string) :
    6766              :                  errmsg("invalid value for parameter \"%s\": %g",
    6767              :                         conf->name, *newval),
    6768              :                  GUC_check_errdetail_string ?
    6769              :                  errdetail_internal("%s", GUC_check_errdetail_string) : 0,
    6770              :                  GUC_check_errhint_string ?
    6771              :                  errhint("%s", GUC_check_errhint_string) : 0));
    6772              :         /* Flush strings created in ErrorContext (ereport might not have) */
    6773            0 :         FlushErrorState();
    6774            0 :         return false;
    6775              :     }
    6776              : 
    6777         1275 :     return true;
    6778              : }
    6779              : 
    6780              : static bool
    6781       523741 : call_string_check_hook(const struct config_generic *conf, char **newval, void **extra,
    6782              :                        GucSource source, int elevel)
    6783              : {
    6784       523741 :     volatile bool result = true;
    6785              : 
    6786              :     /* Quick success if no hook */
    6787       523741 :     if (!conf->_string.check_hook)
    6788        87548 :         return true;
    6789              : 
    6790              :     /*
    6791              :      * If elevel is ERROR, or if the check_hook itself throws an elog
    6792              :      * (undesirable, but not always avoidable), make sure we don't leak the
    6793              :      * already-malloc'd newval string.
    6794              :      */
    6795       436193 :     PG_TRY();
    6796              :     {
    6797              :         /* Reset variables that might be set by hook */
    6798       436193 :         GUC_check_errcode_value = ERRCODE_INVALID_PARAMETER_VALUE;
    6799       436193 :         GUC_check_errmsg_string = NULL;
    6800       436193 :         GUC_check_errdetail_string = NULL;
    6801       436193 :         GUC_check_errhint_string = NULL;
    6802              : 
    6803       436193 :         if (!conf->_string.check_hook(newval, extra, source))
    6804              :         {
    6805          100 :             ereport(elevel,
    6806              :                     (errcode(GUC_check_errcode_value),
    6807              :                      GUC_check_errmsg_string ?
    6808              :                      errmsg_internal("%s", GUC_check_errmsg_string) :
    6809              :                      errmsg("invalid value for parameter \"%s\": \"%s\"",
    6810              :                             conf->name, *newval ? *newval : ""),
    6811              :                      GUC_check_errdetail_string ?
    6812              :                      errdetail_internal("%s", GUC_check_errdetail_string) : 0,
    6813              :                      GUC_check_errhint_string ?
    6814              :                      errhint("%s", GUC_check_errhint_string) : 0));
    6815              :             /* Flush strings created in ErrorContext (ereport might not have) */
    6816            0 :             FlushErrorState();
    6817            0 :             result = false;
    6818              :         }
    6819              :     }
    6820          104 :     PG_CATCH();
    6821              :     {
    6822          104 :         guc_free(*newval);
    6823          104 :         PG_RE_THROW();
    6824              :     }
    6825       436089 :     PG_END_TRY();
    6826              : 
    6827       436089 :     return result;
    6828              : }
    6829              : 
    6830              : static bool
    6831       147994 : call_enum_check_hook(const struct config_generic *conf, int *newval, void **extra,
    6832              :                      GucSource source, int elevel)
    6833              : {
    6834              :     /* Quick success if no hook */
    6835       147994 :     if (!conf->_enum.check_hook)
    6836       136226 :         return true;
    6837              : 
    6838              :     /* Reset variables that might be set by hook */
    6839        11768 :     GUC_check_errcode_value = ERRCODE_INVALID_PARAMETER_VALUE;
    6840        11768 :     GUC_check_errmsg_string = NULL;
    6841        11768 :     GUC_check_errdetail_string = NULL;
    6842        11768 :     GUC_check_errhint_string = NULL;
    6843              : 
    6844        11768 :     if (!conf->_enum.check_hook(newval, extra, source))
    6845              :     {
    6846            1 :         ereport(elevel,
    6847              :                 (errcode(GUC_check_errcode_value),
    6848              :                  GUC_check_errmsg_string ?
    6849              :                  errmsg_internal("%s", GUC_check_errmsg_string) :
    6850              :                  errmsg("invalid value for parameter \"%s\": \"%s\"",
    6851              :                         conf->name,
    6852              :                         config_enum_lookup_by_value(conf, *newval)),
    6853              :                  GUC_check_errdetail_string ?
    6854              :                  errdetail_internal("%s", GUC_check_errdetail_string) : 0,
    6855              :                  GUC_check_errhint_string ?
    6856              :                  errhint("%s", GUC_check_errhint_string) : 0));
    6857              :         /* Flush strings created in ErrorContext (ereport might not have) */
    6858            0 :         FlushErrorState();
    6859            0 :         return false;
    6860              :     }
    6861              : 
    6862        11767 :     return true;
    6863              : }
        

Generated by: LCOV version 2.0-1